View original document

The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.

F ederal R eserve Bank
OF DALLAS
ROBERT

D. M C T E E R , J R .

DALLAS, TEXA S

P R E S ID E N T
AND

C H IE F

E X E C U T IV E

75265-5906

O F F IC E R

March 12, 1997

Notice 97-24

TO:

The Chief Executive Officer of each
member bank and bank holding company
in the Eleventh Federal Reserve District

SUBJECT
Final Rule on Regulation Y
(Bank Holding Companies and Change
in Bank Control)
DETAILS

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has announced revisions to
Regulation Y (Bank Holding Companies and Change in Bank Control). The revisions are
intended to improve the competitiveness of bank holding companies by eliminating unnecessary
regulatory burden and operating restrictions and by streamlining the application and notice
process.
This final rule reflects a numberiof revisions in response to concerns, suggestions
and information provided by commenters. In particular, the Board has changed in several
respects the streamlined procedure governing bank acquisitions and has adopted a number of
measures designed to broaden and improve public notice of acquisition proposals. These
changes focus on assuring that interested persons will have a meaningful opportunity to provide
the Board with information regarding acquisition proposals.
The revisions are effective April 21, 1997.
ATTACHMENT

A copy of the Board’s notice as it appears on pages 9289-344, Vol. 62, No. 40, of
the Federal Register dated February 28, 1997, is attached.

For additional copies, bankers and others are encouraged to use one of the following toll-free numbers in contacting the Federal
Reserve Bank of Dallas: Dallas Office (800) 333 -4460; El Paso Branch Intrastate (800) 592-1631, Interstate (800) 351-1012; Houston
Branch Intrastate (800) 392-4162, Interstate (800) 221-0363; San Antonio Branch Intrastate (800) 292-5810.

This publication was digitized and made available by the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas' Historical Library (FedHistory@dal.frb.org)

-2-

MORE INFORMATION

For more information, please contact Rob Jolley at (214) 922-6071. For additional
copies of this Bank’s notice, please contact the Public Affairs Department at (214) 922-5254.
Sincerely yours,

Friday
February 28, 1997

Part III

Federal Reserve
System
12 CFR Part 225
Bank Holding Companies and Change in
Bank Control (Regulation Y); Final Rule

9289

9290

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM
12CFR Part 225
[Reg. Y; Docket Nos. R-0935; R-0936]

Bank Holding Companies and Change
in Bank Control (Regulation Y)
Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System.
ACTION: Final rule.

AGENCY:

The Board has adopted
comprehensive am endm ents to
Regulation Y that improve the
competitiveness of bank holding
com panies by elim inating unnecessary
regulatory burden and operating
restrictions, and by streamlining the
application/notice process. Among
other revisions, the final rule
incorporates a stream lined and
expedited review process for bank
acquisition proposals by well-run bank
holding com panies w ith a num ber of
modifications intended to broaden and
improve public notice of bank
acquisition proposals, to assure that the
regulatory filing is m ade well w ithin the
public comment period, and to better
assure that proposals reviewed under
the stream lined procedures do not raise
issues u nder the statutory factors in the
Bank Holding Company Act.
The final rule also im plem ents the
changes enacted in the Economic
Growth and Regulatory Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1996 that eliminate
certain notice and approval
requirem ents and streamline others that
involve nonbanking proposals by wellrun bank holding companies. The final
rale also includes a reorganized and
expanded regulatory list of permissible
nonbanking activities and removes a
num ber of restrictions on those
activities that are outmoded, have been
superseded by Board order or do not
apply to insured banks that conduct the
same activity.
In addition, the final rule incorporates
several am endm ents to the tying
restrictions, including removal of the
regulatory extension of those
restrictions to bank holding companies
and their nonbank subsidiaries. A
num ber of other changes have also been
included to eliminate unnecessary
regulatory burden and to streamline and
m odernize Regulation Y, including
changes to the provisions im plementing
the Change in Bank Control Act and
section 914 of the Financial Institutions
Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act
of 1989.
EFFECTIVE DATE: April 21, 1997.
SUMMARY:

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

Scott G. Alvarez, Associate General

Counsel (202/452-3583), Diane A.
Koonjy, Senior Attorney (202/452­
3274), Thomas R. Corsi, Senior Attorney
(202/452-3275), Lisa R. Chavarria,
Attorney (202/452-3904), Satish M.
Kini, Attorney (202/452-3818), Gregory
A. Baer, Managing Senior Counsel (202/
452-3236), Legal Division; Molly
Wassom, Assistant Director (202/452­
2305), Sid Sussan, A ssistant Director
(202/452-2638), Nicholas A.
Kalambokidis, Project Manager (202/
452-3830), David Reilly, Supervisory
Financial Analyst (202/452-5214),
Division of Banking Supervision and
Regulation, Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System. For the hearing
im paired only, Telecommunication
Device for the Deaf (TDD), Dorothea
Thom pson (202/452-3544), Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve
System, 20th Street and Constitution
Avenue, NW., W ashington, DC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background and Summary o f Final
Action
On August 28,1996, the Board
proposed com prehensive revisions to
Regulation Y designed to eliminate
unnecessary regulatory burden and
paperwork, improve efficiency and
eliminate unw arranted constraints on
credit availability while faithfully
im plem enting the statutory
requirem ents that form the bases for
Regulation Y. (61 FR 47242 (September
6, 1996)). The Board proposed these
revisions after conducting the review of
its regulations required by section 303
of the Riegle Community Development
and Regulatory Improvement Act of
1994 (“Riegle A ct”). Regulation Y
governs the corporate practices and
nonbanking activities of bank holding
companies, sets forth the procedures for
a company to become a bank holding
com pany and for a bank holding
com pany to seek Federal Reserve
System (“System ”) approval for a bank
acquisition or a nonbanking proposal
under the Bank Holding Company Act
(“BHC Act”), im plem ents the
prohibitions on tying, im plem ents the
prior notice requirements of the Change
in Bank Control Act (governing the
acquisition of control of a bank or bank
holding company by an individual) and
section 914 of the Financial Institutions
Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act
of 1989 (governing appointm ent of
senior officers and directors of certain
banks and bank holding companies),
and im plem ents other provisions of law
applicable to bank holding companies.
The changes proposed by the Board to
Regulation Y included removal of a
num ber of restrictions on the

permissible nonbanking activities of
bank holding companies, expansion and
reorganization of the regulatory list of
permissible nonbanking activities,
streamlining of the application/notice
process, revisions to the tying rules, and
streamlining of the procedures
governing change in bank control
notices and senior executive officer and
director appointments. On September
30,1996, Congress, in the Economic
Growth and Regulatory Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1996 (“Regulatory
Relief A ct”), enacted several
complementary changes to the BHC Act,
prim arily reducing the burden
associated w ith seeking approval of
nonbanking proposals. On October 23,
1996, the Board proposed, on an interim
basis, a definition of a well-capitalized
bank holding company for purposes of
the procedures enacted in the
Regulatory Relief Act. (61 FR 56404
(November 1,1996)).
The Board received over 300
comments regarding its proposal. The
comments reflected the views and
suggestions of a wide cross-section of
interested persons, including bank
holding companies, com m unity groups
and representatives, trade associations,
individuals, law firms, Congressional
representatives, state and local
government and supervisory officials,
and others. The commenters
enthusiastically supported the Board’s
proposal to establish a streamlined
procedure for well-run bank holding
companies to engage in nonbanking
activities and make nonbanking
acquisitions, to remove unnecessary or
outm oded restrictions on nonbanking
activities, and to expand the regulatory
list of permissible nonbanking activities.
Commenters also applauded the
proposed amendments to the tying
provisions that would enhance the
ability of banking organizations to
provide customer discounts on services.
In addition, commenters supported the
proposed streamlining of the provisions
governing a change in control of state
member banks and bank holding
companies and the appointm ent of new
directors and senior executive officers.
A significant num ber of commenters,
representing primarily bank holding
companies and banking industry trade
associations and representatives, also
strongly supported the Board’s proposal
to establish a streamlined procedure for
well-run bank holding companies to
seek System approval to acquire
additional banks w ithin certain limits.
On the other hand, a large num ber of
commenters, consisting prim arily of
community representatives and groups,
and individuals, strongly opposed any
change to the Board’s current procedure

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
governing bank acquisitions, in general,
and adoption of the Board’s proposed
stream lined review process, in
particular.
After carefully reviewing the
comments, the Board has adopted a
final rule that largely incorporates the
initiatives contained in its proposal. The
Board has m ade a num ber of revisions
in response to concerns, suggestions and
inform ation provided by commenters. In
particular, the Board has changed in
several respects the stream lined
procedure governing bank acquisitions
and has adopted a num ber of measures
designed to broaden and improve public
notice of acquisition proposals. These
changes focus on assuring that
interested persons w ill have a
meaningful opportunity to provide the
Board w ith information regarding
acquisition proposals. These and other
changes adopted by the Board in
response to concerns and suggestions
raised by commenters are discussed in
more detail below.
A num ber of comments addressed
matters that are better addressed in
supervisory policy statements or
guidelines governing specific activities
or in the context of an individual
proposal. Many other matters raised by
commenters, including suggestions
regarding venture capital and portfolio
investm ent activities and the scope of a
bank holding com pany’s authority to
acquire shares of investm ent companies
u nd er section 4(c)(7) of the BHC Act,
w ere not addressed in the original
proposal and rem ain under active
review.
Explanation of Final Rule
A. Process fo r Seeking Approval o f B ank
and N onbank A cquisitions
The Board’s review of its current
procedures for evaluating applications
and notices identified two im portant
principles that could be applied by the
Board to reduce the burden associated
w ith those procedures. One principle is
th at well-run bank holding companies
that meet objective and verifiable
measures for each of the criteria set
forth in the BHC Act should be able to
expect little burden or delay from the
approval process unless special
circumstances demonstrate that a closer
review is warranted. The other principle
is that the application/notice process
should focus on an analysis of the
effects of the specific proposal and
should not become a vehicle for
comprehensively evaluating and
addressing supervisory and compliance
issues that can more effectively be
addressed in the supervisory process.

These principles guided the Board’s
decision to propose both procedural and
substantive changes to the application/
notice process in August 1996. In
particular, the Board proposed to use
the application/notice process as a
gateway for identifying (and rejecting)
organizations that do not have the
resources or expertise to make an
acquisition or conduct a particular
activity, and to rely on the on-site
inspection and supervisory process as
the m ost effective way to determ ine if a
particular organization is in fact
managing its subsidiaries or conducting
an approved activity in a safe and sound
m anner and w ithin its authority.
In addition, the Board proposed to
establish a stream lined process for
reviewing proposals by well-run bank
holding companies and reducing the
information required to be filed for
proposals that qualify for the
stream lined procedure. The Board also
proposed a num ber of other revisions
that w ould elim inate unnecessary
burden from the application/notice
process, including eliminating the pre­
acceptance procedure for all bank
acquisition proposals, perm itting public
notice of an acquisition proposal to be
published up to 30 days before the final
regulatory filing was subm itted to the
System, and permitting the waiver of
applications involving solely internal
corporate reorganizations.
The final rule adopted by the Board
incorporates these proposed changes
w ith a num ber of im portant
modifications discussed below.
1. Streamlined Procedure
The Board proposed a stream lined 15day notice procedure for proposals by
w ell-capitalized and well-managed bank
holding com panies w ith satisfactory or
better performance ratings under the
Community Reinvestment Act of 1977
(“CRA”) to acquire banks and
nonbanking companies w ithin certain
size limits. The Board’s original
proposal retained the Board’s current
requirements that public notice of all
bank acquisitions be provided (both by
new spaper and by Federal Register) and
that the public be provided at least a 30day opportunity to submit comments to
the System regarding a proposed bank
acquisition. These notice and comment
provisions applied equally to proposals
that qualified for the streamlined
procedure and to proposals reviewed
under the normal 30/60-day procedures.
Many commenters strongly supported
the establishment of a streamlined
procedure for proposals by well-run
bank holding companies that do not
raise significant issues. These
commenters indicated that the current

9291

approval procedure is burdensom e and
costly, particularly in the case of smaller
acquisitions that do not raise any
significant issue under the BHC Act.
Commenters stated that the current
process increases the risks an d costs
associated w ith an acquisition by
imposing unnecessary delay in
consum m ating both bank and nonbank
acquisition proposals. This delay also
increases the potential for loss of key
employees, customer relationships and
franchise value. In addition,
commenters argued that delay in
approving clearly permissible
transactions postpones the realization
by the holding company and the
com m unity of the benefits of the
transaction and, in the case of a
nonbanking proposal, puts bank holding
com panies at a disadvantage in
competing w ith unregulated entities
vying for the same target company.
Moreover, commenters indicated that
the management, legal and other
resources required to prepare an
application/notice under the current
procedures are significant.
These commenters agreed that a
stream lined procedure w ould reduce
regulatory burden substantially by
reducing the costs to bank holding
com panies of preparing applications as
well as the costs associated w ith the
delay inherent in the regulatory review
process. M any commenters also stated
that these changes would improve the
ability of bank holding companies to be
competitive with unregulated entities in
making nonbanking acquisitions and
engaging de novo in permissible
nonbanking activities.
Several of these commenters urged
the Board to take the additional step of
reducing or eliminating the public
comment period for proposals by
banking organizations, or perm itting a
safe-harbor from comments if the
banking organization maintains
satisfactory or better CRA performance
ratings or the comment relates to a
matter that was reviewed in the CRA
examination. These commenters argued
that neither the BHC Act nor the CRA
requires that public notice be provided
for bank acquisition proposals, and that
comments on the CRA performance of
insured institutions would be more
effective if provided in the CRA
examination process. These commenters
also contended that the delay associated
w ith the requirement that the Board
consider all public comments under a
more protracted procedure is costly and
delays the ability of well-run
organizations to pass on benefits of an
acquisition to the affected communities.
In addition, they argued that providing
a safe harbor from public comments for

9292

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

organizations w ith satisfactory or better
CRA performance ratings w ould provide
an incentive for institutions to achieve
better CRA performance ratings.
On the other hand, a significant
num ber of commenters, including
various com m unity groups, believe that
the current procedures for reviewing
bank acquisition proposals work well
and that no change to the current
process is necessary. These commenters
argued that the current 30/60-day
procedure strikes an im portant balance
betw een the banking industry’s need for
regulatory action w ithin a lim ited
period of time and the com m unity’s
need to have a meaningful opportunity
to discuss w ith the acquiring company
the potential effects of a proposed bank
acquisition and participate in the
System review process. These
commenters also expressed concern that
the revisions proposed by the Board
w ould weaken the review process for
bank acquisition proposals by reducing
the attention the System w ould pay to
certain proposals, and w ould erode the
ability of interested members of the
public to provide information to the
System for consideration in an analysis
of the convenience and needs factor, the
CRA performance record, and other
aspects of a bank acquisition proposal.
In addition, a num ber of these
commenters argued that the Board
should not adopt its proposed
stream lined procedure for bank
acquisition proposals by well-run bank
holding com panies because the
Regulatory Relief Act adopts
stream lined procedures only for
nonbanking proposals and indicates that
Congress rejected applying a similar
stream lined approach to reviewing bank
acquisitions.
The Board believes that it is im portant
to address the concerns of both sets of
commenters. The Board believes that it
is sound public policy, in addition to
being consistent w ith the Riegle Act,
that the Board revise its application/
notice process to reduce any
unnecessary regulatory costs and
burdens associated w ith that process. At
the same time, the Board believes that
revisions to its application/notice
process should not dim inish the quality
of its review of transactions. In addition,
the Board strongly believes that public
participation in the application/notice
process is im portant because it provides
the Board w ith useful information, in
particular, information regarding the
effect of transactions on the relevant
communities.
As the Board noted in its original
proposal, the Board reviews
approximately 1,300 applications and
notices each year under the BHC Act.

W hile these proposals include some
complex and large proposals, the
overwhelming preponderance are
relatively sim ple proposals that raise no
issues u nder the statutory factors that
the Board is required to consider. In
more than 90 percent of the cases
subm itted to the System, no public
comment is submitted. Currently, these
cases are largely considered and
approved by the Reserve Banks under
delegated authority in a process that
involves a pre-acceptance period of on
average 25 days and final action about
30 days following the date of acceptance
of a filing.
In these cases, the Board believes that
there is room to revise the current
review process to reduce paperwork and
regulatory burden. The Board believes
that this reduction in burden can be
accom plished w ithout dim inishing the
System’s review of the statutory factors
in any case or the opportunity for the
public to provide information to the
System that is relevant to the statutory
factors. Importantly, the Board is
m aintaining the public notice and
period for public comment that
currently apply to bank acquisitions,
including bank acquisitions reviewed
under the stream lined procedures.
Accordingly, the final rule adopts the
stream lined review process originally
proposed by the Board, w ith several
im portant modifications. These changes
are in response to specific concerns
raised by commenters and are designed
to provide earlier and broader public
notice of acquisition proposals, better
access to regulatory filings, and to
assure that the public continues to have
a meaningful opportunity to provide the
System w ith relevant information
regarding proposals subject to System
review. The Board believes that
adoption of a streamlined process for
bank acquisitions as well as all of the
other revisions proposed by the Board to
Regulation Y are w ithin the authority of
the Board under the current BHC Act
and do not require statutory changes.
The changes to the original proposal
adopted in the final rule are discussed
more fully below and include the
following:
* Tim ing o f Publication. The
regulatory filing for a bank or nonbank
acquisition proposal must be made
w ithin 15 calendar days of publication
of the request for comment on the
proposal (as opposed to 7 days under
the current procedure and 30 days
under the original proposed revisions);
* N ew M ethods o f Public Notice. In
order to make public notice available
earlier, a new list of all bank and
nonbank acquisition proposals subject
to System review will be prepared

weekly and updated every 3 days, and
m ade available to all interested parties
using three methods: by mail (on a
weekly basis), through a dedicated faxon-dem and facility (available 24 hours
every day), and on the Board’s Internet
Home Page;
* Inform ation Regarding
Convenience and Needs. The regulatory
filing under the stream lined procedure
w ill retain the current requirem ent that
the filer briefly describe the proposed
transaction and the parties to the
transaction, and, in the case of a bank
or thrift acquisition, w ill require (as
under the current procedure) a brief
discussion of the effects of the proposal
on the convenience and needs of the
com m unity and of steps that are being
taken by the acquiring com pany to
address weaknesses at insured
institutions that have not received at
least a satisfactory CRA performance
rating;
* Convenience and N eeds Standard.
In the case of a bank or thrift
acquisition, the standards for qualifying
for the stream lined procedure have been
m odified to require the acquiring bank
holding com pany to show that the
transaction is consistent w ith the
convenience and needs standard in the
BHC Act as well as requiring that the
CRA performance rating of the lead
insured institution and insured
institutions w ith at least 80 percent of
the assets of the acquiring bank holding
company be satisfactory or better;
* Tim ely Com m ents Require Full
Consideration. A provision has been
added specifying that a proposal filed
under the streamlined procedure will be
reviewed under the normal 30/60 day
review process if a substantive written
comment is received by the System
during the public comment period;
* Guidance in Defining Substantive
Comments. A provision has been added
describing generally the types of
comments that w ould be considered
substantive (this provision contemplates
that the vast majority of comments that
are now considered by the Board would
continue to be reviewed by the Board);
* Extensions to Obtain Filing. A
provision has been added incorporating
the Board’s current policy of exercising
discretion, based on the facts and
circumstances, to grant an extension of
the public comment period of 1 to 15
days to an interested member of the
public that has made a timely request
for a copy of the regulatory filing on a
proposal (this extension w ill not itself
disqualify a proposal from consideration
under the stream lined procedure);
* Joint Extension Requests. A
provision has been added reflecting the
Board’s current policy of permitting a

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
reasonable extension of the public
* contain the information prescribed in
com m ent period w here the extension is
the regulation.
jointly requested by an interested
The final rule also adopts the
person and the applicant (for example,
procedures established in the
in order to perm it com pletion of
Regulatory Relief Act regarding
discussions betw een the applicant and
nonbanking proposals. These provisions
the interested person); and,
elim inate the prior notice and approval
*
Size Lim itation. A size lim itation of requirements of the BHC Act for any
bank holding company that meets the
$7.5 billion on any individual
qualifying criteria to engage de novo in
acquisition that m ay qualify for the
any nonbanking activity approved by
stream lined procedures has been added
as well as a lim itation of 15 percent of
the Board by regulation. In addition, the
the consolidated total capital of the
Regulatory Relief Act established a
stream lined 12-business day review
acquiring com pany on the total
process for proposals by w ell-run bank
consideration that may be paid in the
holding companies to acquire a
case of the acquisition of a nonbanking
company.
company (other than an insured
depository institution) engaged in
U nder the new rule, bank and thrift
permissible nonbanking activities or to
acquisition proposals that m eet the
engage de novo in nonbanking activities
qualifying criteria in the regulation
approved only by order.
w ould be considered under a
A company or proposal that does not
stream lined procedure that allows
System action 3 business days following qualify for the streamlined procedure
w ould follow the current application
the close of the public com m ent period.
process, w hich provides for Reserve
This stream lined review process w ill
Bank action w ithin 30 days of filing and
allow System action on a qualifying
for Board action w ithin 60 days of filing.
proposal typically betw een 18 and 21
In the event that the System determines
calendar days after the regulatory filing
that a proposal filed u nd er the
is m ade w ith the System. In addition,
streamlined procedure m ust be
the regulatory filing required in these
reviewed under the norm al 30/60-day
cases includes less paperwork than
under the current procedures. Cases that procedure, the final rule provides that
the notice filed under the stream lined
are complex, or that raise an issue of
procedure w ould be accepted under the
first impression, issues of safety and
normal procedure and the normal
soundness or other concerns, or that
raise concerns regarding the effect of the procedure w ould be deem ed to have
begun at the time the notice was filed
proposal in the relevant com munities
under the streamlined procedure. In
will, as under the Board’s current rules
cases that have been shifted from the
and policies, receive more in-depth
stream lined to the normal processing
analysis. Moreover, the Board retains
schedule, the Reserve Bank and the
the ability to notify a bank holding
Board w ould determine w hether
company for any reason that the
information supplem enting the
stream lined notice procedure is not
available and that the norm al 30/60-day stream lined filing is needed to address
the relevant issues. As in any case, the
procedure m ust be followed.
System may request any additional
The final rule eliminates unnecessary
information during the processing
delay in all bank acquisition proposals
period necessary to resolve issues
by elim inating the current pre­
related to the proposal.
acceptance period. Elim ination of this
period reduces the System review
2. Public Participation in Review
process by an average of 25 days. The
Process
function of this pre-acceptance period
was to collect information regarding the a. Public Notice
specific proposal that may not be
The original proposal retained the
described in the original filing. The
current requirement for public notice of
Board’s experience in reviewing
all acquisition proposals, including a
nonbanking proposals (which are not
full 30-day public comment period for
subject to a pre-acceptance review
bank acquisition proposals. As noted
period) indicates that this period is not
above, the final rule retains the current
necessary and that the System is able to
public notice requirement and 30-day
request and obtain additional
public comment period for bank
information in a timely fashion during
acquisition proposals, including
the normal review period that begins
proposals that qualify for the
after acceptance of the regulatory filing.
streamlined procedure. Public notice of
The final rule allows the System to
these proposals would continue to be
continue to request additional
given through newspaper publications
information at any time and to return as in the affected communities and
incom plete any filing that does not
through publication in the Federal

9293

Register, as required under the Board’s
current procedures.
The Regulatory Relief Act am ended
section 4 of the BHC Act to elim inate
the requirem ent for public notice of
certain nonbanking acquisition
proposals by qualifying bank holding
companies. The final rule im plem ents
the statutory changes enacted by the
Regulatory Relief Act. Public notice of
all acquisitions of insured depository
institutions, including savings
associations, is still required, however,
and w ould mirror the notice
requirem ents applicable to bank
acquisition proposals. In addition,
public notice w ould continue to be
required for nonbank proposals that do
not qualify for the stream lined
procedures under the Regulatory Relief
Act, and for any proposal that involves
a new activity that has not previously
been determ ined by the Board to be
closely related to banking.
b. Steps To Improve Public Notice
In connection with its revision of the
current procedures, the Board will
im plem ent three steps that are designed
to improve the effectiveness and
timeliness of the public notice of
acquisition proposals. First, the Board
w ill publish a new listing of all
acquisition proposals subm itted for
System approval under the BHC Act.
This new docum ent will include all
bank acquisition proposals that have
been published for comment, w hether
subm itted under the stream lined or
normal procedures, as well as proposals
to acquire a nonbanking company that
require public notice. This new
docum ent w ill be updated at least
weekly and w ill indicate the applicant
and target organization, the date that the
public comment period closes, and the
Reserve Bank to w hich public
comments may be sent. The new
docum ent will be a more
comprehensive list of cases open to
public comment than the current H-2
(which includes only application/
notices that have been filed w ith the
System and does not generally indicate
proposals that have been published for
comment b u t not yet filed), and w ill be
more quickly available than the current
H -2 (which includes a list of Board and
Reserve Bank final actions and other
information that often requires a longer
time to assemble). This docum ent will
be available by mail.
Second, to expedite distribution of
this information, the Board will make
the new docum ent available through a
fax-on-demand call-in facility. This
facility will be available 24 hours a day,
7 days a week, and will automatically
fax a copy of the new docum ent to any

9294

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

caller. The inform ation available on the
fax call-in facility w ill be updated at
least every three business days.
Third, the Board will make the new
docum ent available on its Internet
Home Page, along w ith other
information, including a list of actions
taken by the System on applications and
notices. Thus, the Board’s Internet
Home Page w ill include a list of all
acquisition proposals requiring System
approval u nd er the BHC Act that have
been published for public comment.
This list w ill identify the applicant,
target organization, closing date for the
public com m ent period, and the Reserve
Bank to w hich comments may be
submitted. This information, like the fax
call-in information, w ill be updated at
least every 3 business days to reflect the
addition of new proposals.
As a com plem ent to providing
broader and earlier public notice, the
Board w ill make regulatory filings more
quickly available to the public. The
System expects to make the public
portion of all pending applications/
notices available to the public w ithin 3
business days of filing.
c. Timing of Publication
Several com menters supported
allowing an applying bank holding
company to publish notice of a proposal
up to 30 days in advance of filing the
required application/notice for System
approval. This w ould permit
publication at a time closer to the
announcem ent date of a proposed
acquisition.
A large num ber of other commenters,
however, suggested that permitting an
applicant to publish notice 30 days
before subm itting an application/notice
to the System w ould effectively deprive
the public of an opportunity to
comm ent on the information contained
in the filing. These commenters were
particularly concerned that this would
result in less informed comments and
would force commenters to express
concerns relating to factors, such as the
effect of the proposal on the
convenience and needs of the
com m unity or CRA performance,
w ithout reviewing the plans of an
applicant to address these matters or
discussing these plans w ith the
applicant.
In light of the comments, the Board
has determ ined to adopt a revised
approach that permits publication up to
15 days prior to the submission of the
required filing. Under the Board’s
current rules, publication may occur up
to 7 days prior to submission of the
application. Allowing a slightly earlier
publication date w ill allow for a shorter
regulatory process in cases that meet the

criteria for expedited action w hile at the
same time assuring that the required
filing w ill be available to the public for
a significant part of the public comment
period.
To address the possibility that a filing
may not be subm itted during the first 15
days of the public com m ent period, the
final rule incorporates the Board’s
current policy that the Board may, in its
discretion and based on the facts and
circumstances, perm it an extension of
the public comment period, of an
appropriate length up to 15 days, for an
interested person that makes a timely
request for both a copy of the required
regulatory filing and additional time to
file a com m ent regarding a proposal. In
considering w hether to grant a request
for an extension, and the length of the
extension to be granted, the Board has
in the past and w ill continue to take
into account such factors as w hen the
proposal was announced and the
regulatory filing made available to the
public, w hen the request for the
regulatory filing was made, and the
specific reasons given by the requester
for being unable to file a timely
comment. A decision to grant an
extension of the public com m ent period
w ould n o t disqualify a proposal from
action u nd er the stream lined procedure.
d. Joint Requests To Extend the
Comment Period
A num ber of commenters argued that
a shortened processing period would
frustrate the ability of com m unity
groups to conduct discussions w ith
applicants in connection w ith a bank
acquisition proposal regarding lending
and other programs to help meet the
convenience and needs of the
•
community. These commenters
indicated that a shorter regulatory
review period w ould truncate the period
for these discussions and potentially
force prem ature objections to
acquisition proposals, especially in
situations that involve the initial entry
of a banking organization into the
community.
The Board believes that discussions
between an insured institution and
comm unity representatives for purposes
of identifying and helping to serve the
banking needs of the com m unity are
appropriately and most effectively
conducted throughout the year and
should not be confined to the period
w hen an acquisition proposal is under
review. In the application/notice
context, the Board has granted requests
for an extension of the public comment
period that were made jointly by an
interested party and an applicant for the
purpose of allowing completion of
discussions regarding a matter, such as

CRA performance or competitive
divestitures, that is relevant to the
statutory factors the Board m ust
consider in reviewing the proposal. The
final rule specifically incorporates this
policy and states that a reasonable
extension of the public com m ent period
w ill be granted upon a joint request of
an interested member of the public and
the applicant. This type of extension
will not disqualify an otherwise
qualifying proposal from consideration
under the stream lined procedure.
e. Protested Cases
The stream lined procedure proposed
by the Board provided that the Board
could require an applicant to follow the
current 30 or 60 day procedure if the
Board indicates to the applicant for any
reason that the proposal does not
qualify for the stream lined process. The
Board also stated that it expected that
proposals by well-run bank holding
com panies w ould be disqualified only
sparingly and in extraordinary
situations. Among the situations
identified by the Board as meriting
review under the normal 30/60-day
procedure is the situation where a
tim ely substantive public comment is
received by the System that raises an
issue that cannot be resolved by the
Reserve Bank under its delegated
authority.
A num ber of commenters argued that
the Board should not disqualify a
proposal from consideration under the
streamlined process on the basis of a
public comment regarding CRA or fair
lending performance if the applicant
organization’s insured depository
institutions have satisfactory or better
CRA performance ratings or if the
comment relates to a matter that was
reviewed in the CRA examination
process. Other commenters argued that
a proposal should not be disqualified
from stream lined processing if a
comment is submitted that relates to
information that is available to the
Board outside the application process
(such as HMDA data) or a matter
uniquely w ithin the Board’s expertise
(such as financial, managerial or
competitive matters), or if the
commenter has not first attempted to
discuss the concerns w ith the acquiring
organization outside the approval
process.
On the other hand, a large number of
community groups and representatives
argued that the application/notice
process provides an important
opportunity for members of the public
and representatives of affected
com munities to provide information to
the System relating to the impact of a
proposal on the community. These

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
commenters argued that it is critical to
preserve the ability of the public to have
in put into the government review
process and for the Board to take a close
look at proposals that raise concern in
the affected community. These
commenters argued that the Board
should indicate in the regulation that
subm ission of a comment w ould trigger
the normal 30/60-day processing period.
The Board had indicated in its
original proposal that the filing of a
tim ely comment could trigger the
normal review process, and has adopted
the suggestion of commenters that this
be specifically included in the rule.
Thus, the final rule provides that the
norm al 30/60-day process applies in any
case in w hich a timely substantive
com ment regarding a proposal is
received by the System. A proposal that
is considered under the normal process
w ill be acted on as soon as the System
completes its review of the proposal,
w hich may be before expiration of the
30 or 60 day period.
The final rule provides that a
com ment will be considered tim ely if it
is submitted in writing and is received
by the appropriate Reserve Bank or by
the Board before the expiration of the
public comment period. A comment
w ill be considered to be substantive
unless the comment involves individual
complaints, or raises frivolous,
previously-considered or
unsubstantiated claims, or irrelevant
issues.1 The Board notes that under this
standard the vast majority of comments
that have in the past been considered by
the Board w ill continue to be viewed as
substantive and will continue to be
reviewed by the Board. A comment that
is delegable will be carefully weighed in
the review process by the Reserve Bank
and any action taken by the Reserve
Bank is subject to review by the Board.
The Reserve Bank may seek additional
information necessary to evaluate any
delegable comment and may refer a
com ment for investigation to the
appropriate federal banking agency or
other relevant agency, if appropriate.
f. Late Comments
In its original proposal, the Board
proposed to adhere to its current rules
governing consideration of public
comments, and to discontinue its
practice of routinely considering
comments, including supplem ental
comments filed by a timely commenter,
that are filed after the close of the public
comment period. The Board’s Rules of
Procedure currently provide that the
1 The Board will develop supervisory guidance
identifying the limited types of comments that may
be considered under delegated authority.

Board is required to consider a comment
involving an application or notice only
if the com m ent is in writing and is
received by the System prior to the
expiration of the public comment
period.
A num ber of commenters argued that
the Board should continue routinely to
consider late comments. Many of these
comments focused on the potential
under the original proposal that the
public comment period could expire
prior to the time that the regulatory
filing was m ade and that any comment
based on the regulatory filing was,
therefore, likely to be late. Other
commenters contended that public
notice of proposals and of the closing
date of the comment period is not
adequate under the current rule, and,
consequently, that late comments
should be accepted and considered. In
addition, commenters argued that the
approval process is an im portant
opportunity for the com m unity to
participate in the review of transactions
that will directly affect the community,
and that leeway should be given to the
com m unity to subm it late comments. A
num ber of com m unity groups indicated
that discussions w ith applicants,
particularly applicants entering a
com m unity for the first time, often
require substantial time and cannot
always be completed during the public
comment period.
The Board believes that the public
often provides the System w ith
im portant information in connection
w ith acquisitions subject to System
review. Consequently, the Board has
determ ined to provide public notice &nd
a significant period for public comment
for all bank acquisition proposals
subject to System review under the BHC
Act, including proposals that qualify for
the stream lined procedures.
As noted above, the Board has also
taken a num ber of significant steps to
improve the effectiveness of the public
notice regarding bank acquisition
proposals, including establishing a
public listing focused on acquisitions
that are subject to public comment and
System review and making this list
available by mail, Internet and fax. In
addition, the Board has am ended its
original proposal to assure that the
regulatory filing w ill be submitted at
least 15 days prior to the expiration of
the public comment period, and has
reiterated its policies regarding
extensions of the public comment
period to accommodate joint
discussions between members of the
public and applicants as well as timely
requests for a regulatory submission that
has been filed after the start of the
public comment period.

9295

Moreover, the Board notes that the
public may at any tim e subm it
comments regarding the effectiveness of
an insured depository institution in
meeting the convenience and needs of
the com m unity for consideration in
connection w ith the on-site examination
of the CRA performance of the
institution. The CRA exam ination
process involves a review of the actual
lending performance of an institution
and includes discussions by examiners
w ith members of the public regarding
the institution’s performance.
Comments subm itted for consideration
in the CRA exam ination process provide
the most effective opportunity for the
public to affect the CRA performance
and CRA rating of any institution and
provide a regularly re-occurring
opportunity for public input.
For these reasons, the Board has
determined to adhere to its established
rules regarding the filing of comments
on proposals subject to System review.
Accordingly, the Board w ill not
consider comments, including
supplem ental comments filed by a
timely commenter, that are subm itted
after the close of the public comment
period and the filing of a late comment
will not disqualify a proposal from
review under the streamlined
procedure. The Board continues to
reserve the right to consider late
comments at its discretion, but expects
to exercise that discretion only in
extraordinary circumstances.
3. Information Requirements
For transactions that qualify for the
streamlined procedure, the Board
proposed to reduce substantially the
information required to be filed w ith the
System. For example, the Board
proposed to eliminate the requirem ent
that the applicant subm it financial
information otherwise available to the
System and the requirem ent that the
applicant provide competitive data in
cases that meet the Board’s and the
Department of Justice’s policies.
Many commenters applauded the
reduction in information requirem ents
for proposals that meet the criteria for
streamlined processing. Commenters
noted that the costs of preparing an
application/notice are often substantial
and argued that these costs are
unnecessary in cases that meet objective
criteria and do not raise any regulatory
issue. Commenters believed that the
savings would be substantial from
reducing the paperwork associated with
applications and notices.
A num ber of other commenters
expressed concern that elim ination of
certain information requirements from
the regulatory filing w ould reduce the

9296

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

ability of the System adequately to
review a proposal and of commenters to
assess the consequences of the proposal
for the com m unities involved. In
particular, a large num ber of
com menters objected to elim inating the
portion of the current application that
requires an applicant to explain the
effect of a bank acquisition on the
convenience and needs of the affected
com munities. Commenters found this
inform ation especially helpful in
understanding the effect of a proposal
by an organization located outside the
com m unity to make its initial entry into
the community.
The original proposal retained the
requirem ent that applicants briefly
describe the proposed transaction and
the institutions involved, as well as the
type of funding proposed. The final rule
continues to require this information.
As an initial matter, the Board
believes that very little additional
information is needed to evaluate the
financial, managerial and competitive
factors regarding the types of non­
complex proposals that qualify for
stream lined processing. The System
already receives, through reports and
examinations, substantial information
regarding the financial and managerial
resources of bank holding companies
and their subsidiaries. In addition, in
order to qualify for the streamlined
procedure, the proposal m ust meet
objective competitive criteria designed
to assure that the proposal does not
raise an issue under those factors.
The Board agrees w ith commenters
that the information regarding the effect
of a proposal on the convenience and
needs of affected com munities currently
provided by an acquiring bank holding
com pany in its regulatory submission is
new information relevant to the
System ’s decision on the proposal that
may not otherwise be available. Bank
holding companies currently provide a
brief description of the effects of an
acquisition proposal on the convenience
and needs of affected com m unities in
the regulatory filing. The Board’s
experience has been that the description
provided in the initial application is
useful and is not burdensome.
Accordingly, the Board has determ ined
to retain the requirem ent that, as part of
its initial filing for approval, an
applicant briefly explain the effect of a
proposal on the convenience and needs
of the affected communities. As under
the current application/notice
procedure, this explanation may contain
a discussion of the CRA performance
record of the acquiring organization and
any actions that the organization
proposes to take in order to help address

the credit and other banking needs of
the affected com munities.
In addition, the final rule requires the
applicant to outline the steps the
organization is taking to address
weaknesses in the CRA performance of
insured depository institution
subsidiaries of the acquiring holding
company that have received a less than
satisfactory CRA performance rating.
The Board currently requests this
inform ation in the application process
and believes this information is
im portant for evaluating the ability of an
acquiring organization to meet the
convenience and needs of com munities
in w hich a bank or savings association
acquisition is proposed. A holding
com pany m ay satisfy this information
requirem ent by filing copies of
information prepared for the primary
federal banking supervisor of the
relevant institution, other documents
already prepared by the organization, or
a summary of the steps taken and being
implemented.
The final rule also modifies, in certain
respects, the information related to the
financial, managerial and competitive
factors that m ust be provided. These
changes require lim ited information
regarding the funding of an acquisition,
certain pro form a financial information
regarding the acquiring bank holding
company and financial information
regarding any nonbanking company that
is proposed to be acquired. In addition,
lim ited inform ation regarding proposed
new m anagement is requested in certain
cases. The final rule also clarifies the
information needed for a new principal
shareholder of a bank holding company
to fulfill the notice requirem ent of the
Change in Bank Control Act in
connection w ith a transaction that is
reviewed under the streamlined
procedures of section 3 of the BHC Act.
In connection w ith nonbanking
proposals, the final rule modifies the
requirement that market index
information be submitted in every case
in light of the fact that competition in
many nonbanking activities is broad and
is m easured on a national or regional
basis that often makes calculation of
market indexes burdensom e and
unnecessary. The rule requires instead a
brief description of the competitive
effects of the proposal in the relevant
market and, in markets that are local in
nature, a list of major competitors. It is
expected that the Board or the
appropriate Reserve Bank would
indicate to an applicant w hen market
index information is necessary. Finally,
the rule requires a bank holding
company that seeks approval under the
stream lined procedure for a nonbanking

proposal to describe briefly the public
benefits of the proposal.
4. Criteria To Qualify for Stream lined
Procedures
Many commenters lauded the use of
objective criteria for identifying
proposals that w ould qualify for
stream lined review. These commenters
found reliance on criteria that identify
well-run bank holding com panies to be
a constructive m ethod of rewarding
organizations that are well run and
encouraging other organizations to take
steps to m eet these criteria. A significant
num ber of commenters also generally
agreed that the standards proposed by
the Board w ould establish appropriate
levels for identifying proposals that
clearly meet the statutory factors that
the Board m ust consider under the BHC
Act.
As discussed below, m any other
commenters expressed concern that
establishing a stream lined procedure
based on objective criteria w ould result
in too little analysis of proposals under
the stream lined procedure. A large
num ber of commenters also argued that
it is inappropriate to rely on CRA
performance ratings as qualifying
criteria for the convenience and needs
standard.
The Board has adopted several
modifications to the qualifying criteria
to address concerns raised by
commenters.
a. Definition of W ell-Capitalized and
Well-Managed Bank Holding Companies
In connection w ith its interim
im plem entation of the Regulatory Relief
Act,2 the Board proposed to define a
“well-capitalized bank holding
com pany” for purposes of determining
qualification for the stream lined
procedure as any bank holding company
that:
* Maintains a total risk-based capital
ratio of 10.0 percent or greater and a
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0
percent or greater, on a consolidated
basis both before and immediately
following consum m ation of the
proposal;
* Maintains either a Tier 1 leverage
ratio of 4.0 percent or greater or, if the
bank holding company has a composite
examination rating of 1 or has
im plem ented the risk-based capital
measure for market risk, a Tier 1
2 The Board specifically requested comment on
the definition of well-capitalized bank holding
company in connection with enactment of the
Regulatory Relief Act. Because the definition is
contained in Regulation Y, the Board considered
comments regarding that proposed definition in
connection with this overall revision of Regulation
Y.

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
leverage ratio of 3.0 percent or greater,
on a consolidated basis both before and
im m ediately following consum m ation
of the proposal; and
*
Is not subject to any w ritten
agreement, order, capital directive, asset
m aintenance requirement, or prom pt
corrective action directive to m eet or
m aintain a higher capital level for any
capital measure.
Commenters generally supported
these levels for defining a wellcapitalized bank holding company.
Commenters noted that the risk-based
levels parallel the level at w hich an
insured bank is considered to be wellcapitalized for purposes of various
provisions of federal law.
Most commenters that addressed
these requirem ents agreed that the
leverage ratio can be an inexact measure
of capital adequacy for m any bank
holding companies, particularly for
holding com panies that engage in
significant nonbanking activities or for
bank holding companies that have
significant trading portfolios and feegenerating off-balance sheet activities.
Accordingly, a num ber of commenters
requested that the Board elim inate or
further reduce the leverage requirement.
Large domestic banking organizations
contended that the arguments for
adopting a lower leverage ratio for
defining a well-capitalized bank holding
company than is used in defining a
w ell-capitalized bank—nam ely that the
leverage ratio is an inexact measure in
certain situations—also militate for
elim ination of the leverage ratio.
Foreign banks in particular assert that
adoption of a leverage requirem ent
w ould violate the principle of national
treatment and w ould exclude strong and
well-capitalized foreign banking
organizations from the streamlined
procedure because a leverage ratio is not
required under the Capital Accord
developed by the Basle Committee on
Banking Regulations and Supervisory
Practices (“Basle Capital A ccord”) and,
consequently, is not applicable to banks
in many foreign countries.
Smaller bank holding companies, on
the other hand, argued that the leverage
ratio should be applicable to all
organizations equally. These
organizations argued that elim inating or
adopting a lower leverage standard
w ould create an advantage for large
organizations in making acquisitions.
The Board believes that, in the lim ited
context of determining the qualifying
criteria for the stream lined procedure,
reliance on the risk-based capital ratios
is sufficient. As noted above, the riskbased levels adopted are the same levels
required in defining a well-capitalized
bank.

The final rule does not establish a
m inim um leverage ratio for a bank
holding company to qualify for the
streamlined procedures because, as
noted above and in the Board’s original
proposal, the leverage ratio is an inexact
measure in certain situations. The Board
has thus determined to apply a
definition that applies equally to all
organizations, regardless of size, origin
or composition of balance sheet. The
Board retains the ability to disqualify
any organization from using the
stream lined procedure if any financial
or other factor, including the
organization’s leverage ratio, indicates
that a closer review of the proposal is
appropriate. The leverage ratio
continues to be a criterion in defining
w hether an insured depository
institution subsidiary of the holding
company is well-capitalized.
To qualify for the stream lined
procedure, a bank holding company
m ust m eet the risk-based capital levels
on a consolidated basis. The Board
generally will not apply these
definitions to interm ediate-tier bank
holding companies involved in the
transaction. The procedure allows the
Board to notify a bank holding company
that it should follow the normal 30/60day procedure if the System has concern
about the financial strength of an
interm ediate-tier bank holding company
that, for example, is itself an operating
company or that contains significant
debt.
Several commenters argued that the
Board should adopt a process for
granting exceptions to the capital
requirements where the applicant can
demonstrate that capital ratios do not
adequately indicate the financial
strength of the organization. In light of
the other changes that have been
adopted, the Board does not believe that
a special exceptions process is
necessary or appropriate. The capital
criteria are based on internationally
accepted risk-based standards, and are
for the lim ited purpose of identifying
companies that qualify for a stream lined
review process. Banking organizations
that do not qualify u nder these criteria
are still perm itted to make acquisitions
and engage in permissible nonbanking
activities by following the normal 30/60
review process. As noted above, the
standard of 10 percent total risk-based
capital and 6 percent Tier 1 risk-based
capital applies to all organizations,
including foreign banking organizations,
seeking to take advantage of the
streamlined procedures. In its request
for comment, the Board specifically
requested comment on ways in which
the qualifying criteria should be defined
for foreign banking organizations in

9297

order to assure national treatm ent of
foreign banking organizations under the
stream lined procedures. Based on these
comments, the final rule includes a
num ber of provisions specifically
applicable to foreign banking
organizations.
Several commenters argued that, for
purposes of determ ining w hether a
foreign banking organization meets the
capital levels necessary to qualify for
the stream lined procedure, a foreign
banking organization should be
perm itted to use the definition of capital
adopted by the home country of the
foreign banking organization. For
foreign banking organizations from
countries that have adopted capital
standards in all respects consistent with
the Basle Capital Accord, the Board
generally agrees that this permits the
least burdensom e approach to applying
equivalent standards. Accordingly, the
final rule provides that, for purposes of
determining w hether a foreign banking
organization meets the capital ratios
described above for a well-capitalized
bank holding company, a foreign
banking organization may use the
capital terms and definitions of its home
country provided that those standards
are consistent in all respects with the
Basle Capital Accord. If the home
country has not adopted those
standards, the foreign banking
organization may use the streamlined
procedures if it obtains from the Board
a prior determ ination that its capital is
equivalent to the capital that w ould be
required of a U.S. banking organization
for these purposes.
The Regulatory Relief Act provides
that, for purposes of determining
qualification for the streamlined
procedures for nonbanking proposals,
U.S. branches and agencies of foreign
banking organizations are considered
banks and m ust meet the capital and
managerial standards applicable to U.S.
banks. The Board recognizes that
branches and agencies are a part of the
foreign banking organization and that
capital is not allocated separately tc a
branch or agency. Accordingly, for
purposes of determining the
qualification for the streamlined
procedures, the final rule deems the
capital ratios of U.S. branches and
agencies of foreign banking
organizations to be the same as the
capital level of the foreign banking
organization.
For purposes of determining w hether
a foreign banking organization meets the
managerial definition for the
stream lined procedures, the final rule
requires that: (1) The largest U.S.
branch, agency or depository institution
controlled by the foreign bank have

9298

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

received at least a “ satisfactory”
com posite exam ination rating from its
U.S. banking supervisor; (2) U.S.
branches, agencies and depository
institutions representing at least 80
percent of the U.S. risk-weighted assets
controlled by the foreign banking
organization at such offices have
received at least a “ satisfactory”
com posite exam ination rating from the
U.S. banking supervisors; and (3) the
overall rating of the foreign banking
organization’s com bined U.S. operations
is at least “satisfactory.” Further, no
branch, agency or depository institution
may have received one of the two lowest
com posite ratings at its most recent
exam ination. In addition, as with
dom estic bank holding companies, no
U.S. branch, agency or insured
depository institution may be subject to
an asset maintenance agreement w ith its
chartering or licensing authority. Under
the final rule, the System may disqualify
any banking organization, including a
foreign banking organization, from using
the stream lined procedure for any
appropriate reason, including if
inform ation from the primary supervisor
of a domestic bank or home country
supervisor for a foreign bank indicates
that a more in-depth review of proposals
involving that organization is
warranted.
The final rule also retains the
requirem ent that, in order to qualify for
the stream lined procedure for bank
acquisition proposals, a foreign banking
organization m ust m eet the home
country supervision and information
sufficiency requirem ents of the BHC
Act.
Several commenters requested
clarification of the types of supervisory
actions that w ould disqualify a bank
holding company from using the
stream lined procedures. In this regard,
the Regulatory Relief Act provides that,
for purposes of the streamlined
nonbanking procedures contained in
that Act, a bank holding company may
not be subject to certain types of
adm inistrative enforcement
proceedings. The final rule clarifies that
a bank holding company may not use
the stream lined procedures for any
nonbanking proposal or any bank
acquisition proposal if any formal order,
including a cease and desist order,
w ritten agreement, capital directive,
asset maintenance agreement or other
order or directive, is outstanding or any
formal administrative action is pending
against the bank holding company or
any of its insured depository
institutions. The System may, if
appropriate, require a bank holding
com pany to follow the normal 30/60day procedure if an informal action,

such as a m em orandum of
understanding or supervisory letter,
pending against the bank holding
com pany or any affiliate indicates that
a more in-depth review is appropriate.
The Regulatory Relief Act permits
exclusion of recently acquired insured
depository institutions under certain
circumstances in determ ining w hether a
bank holding com pany is well-managed.
This exclusion has been adopted in the
final rule for purposes of determ ining a
bank holding com pany’s qualification
for the stream lined procedures for bank
acquisition proposals as well as for
nonbanking proposals.
The Regulatory Relief Act also
perm its the Board to adjust the level of
insured depository institutions that
m ust meet the well-managed definition
for purposes of the stream lined
nonbanking procedures, so long as the
level adopted by the Board is consistent
w ith safety and soundness and the
purposes of the BHC Act. For purposes
of the stream lined nonbanking
procedures, the Board had proposed
that the parent bank holding company,
the lead insured depository institution
and insured depository institutions
controlling at least 80 percent of the
insured depository institution assets of
the holding com pany be well-managed
(rather than 90 percent as in the
Regulatory Relief Act). In addition, no
insured depository institution
controlled by the bank holding company
(other than a recently acquired
institution, subject to the limitations
discussed above) m ay have received one
of the 2 lowest com posite examination
ratings.
As noted above, commenters
addressing this issue were largely in
favor of this definition. The Board
believes that, in the lim ited context of
determining the availability of the
stream lined procedures, the definition
proposed and adopted in the final rule,
and in particular, the level of insured
depository institutions that m ust be
well-managed, w ill adequately identify
organizations that merit a more in-depth
review and is a definition that is
consistent w ith safety and soundness
and the purposes of the BHC Act. The
Board notes that the Board retains the
authority and discretion to require any
organization to follow the normal
procedures if appropriate.
b. Competitive Criteria
A few commenters suggested that the
Board am end the competitive criteria by
eliminating or raising the qualifying
threshold levels of the HerfindahlH irschman Index (“HHI”), by increasing
or eliminating the market share test, and
by allowing a bank holding company to

meet the competitive criteria after
making divestitures. The Board has
determ ined not to change its
formulation of the competitive standard
for the stream lined procedures.
The competitive criteria proposed and
adopted by the Board reflect the HHI
thresholds above w hich a bank
acquisition proposal comes under close
scrutiny by the Department of Justice
(“DOJ”) u nd er the DOJ’s Horizontal
Merger Guidelines as applied to bank
acquisitions, and by the Board under its
existing delegation rules. In conducting
a competitive analysis, both the Board
and the courts have found the resulting
market share to be an im portant
indicator of the competitive effects of a
proposal. Finally, divestitures to
address competitive issues are not a
normal event and typically indicate a
transaction that requires an evaluation
of information and factors beyond what
may be accomplished in a streamlined
procedure.
c. Convenience and Needs
Many commenters objected to the use
of the CRA exam ination rating as a
m easure of w hether a proposal would
m eet the convenience and needs of the
com m unities affected by a bank
acquisition proposal. These commenters
argued that CRA performance ratings are
often outdated, are as a rule too high
and, at best, represent an average of an
institution’s overall performance. These
commenters also argued that reliance on
CRA ratings would am ount to a safeharbor for virtually all institutions, and
w ould represent a step that Congress
considered and rejected in adopting the
Regulatory Relief Act. In addition,
commenters objected that use of these
criteria w ould eliminate an in-depth
review of the convenience and needs
standard in all but protested cases.
Commenters also objected to permitting
an organization w ith up to 20 percent of
its assets in institutions w ith
unsatisfactory CRA performance ratings
to take advantage of streamlined
procedures.
Other commenters argued that CRA
ratings provide the most reliable
indicator of an institution’s record of
helping to meet the credit and other
banking needs of the institution’s
existing communities and represent a
strong indicator of the institution’s
willingness and ability to meet the
banking needs of new communities.
Several of these commenters also
contended that reliance on CRA
performance ratings as a criterion for
stream lined processing of acquisition
proposals w ould encourage
organizations to meet and maintain
satisfactory performance levels.

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
After review of the comments, the
Board has determ ined to am end the
criteria for qualifying for the
stream lined procedure. The criteria
adopted require that the record show
that the proposal is consistent w ith the
convenience and needs standard under
the BHC Act and that the acquiring
organization have satisfactory or
outstanding performance ratings under
the CRA at its lead insured depository
institution and insured institutions
representing at least 80 percent of the
organization’s banking assets.
As noted above, the Board has
determ ined to retain the portion of the
current regulatory filing in w hich the
applicant describes the effect of the
proposal on the convenience and needs
of the affected communities. The
System w ould evaluate this information
as well as other information available to
the System, including CRA performance
ratings, in determ ining w hether a
proposal meets the convenience and
needs factor in connection w ith the
System ’s review of the proposal. The
Board continues to believe that the CRA
performance rating is a valuable and
im portant m easure of the record and
ability of an applicant to m eet the
convenience and needs of a community,
and the Board w ould, as currently, give
significant weight to that performance
record in the stream lined process.
The Board believes that it may adopt
the stream lined procedures as am ended
w ithout any statutory changes to the
BHC Act. The provisions under
consideration by Congress in connection
w ith the Regulatory Relief Act would
have taken additional steps, including
elim inating any public notice and
opportunity for comment on bank
acquisition proposals and eliminating
consultation w ith the primary
supervisor for the banks involved in the
transaction.
d. Size
The Board proposed to lim it to 35
percent of the acquiring holding
com pany’s assets the aggregate am ount
of bank and nonbanking assets that may
be acquired during a 12-month period
using the stream lined procedures. This
aggregate lim it w ould be calculated by
reference to transactions approved
under the stream lined procedure and
w ould not include transactions that are
reviewed under the normal 30/60-day
process.
Several commenters argued that the
35 percent asset test w ould allow very
significant proposals by large bank
holding com panies to be considered
under the stream lined procedures,
including mergers among institutions
that rank among the ten largest banking

organizations in the United States.
These commenters contended that
transactions that are large in absolute
terms always require in-depth agency
review.
A few other commenters argued, on
the other hand, that it was im portant to
assure that the stream lined procedures
are available to acquisition proposals by
large bank holding companies because
acquisitions by these institutions allow
the benefits of reduced regulatory costs
to be shared by a larger num ber of
consumers. These commenters
suggested that the Board expand the size
criteria in various ways.
Still other commenters argued that the
size restriction w ould
disproportionately limit transactions by
small bank holding com panies. These
commenters contended that a higher
lim it should be established for small
organizations because the objective
criteria proposed by the Board are
particularly effective in identifying
transactions that w ould not raise
statutory issues for small bank holding
companies.
In addition to these comments, the
Board considered that the Regulatory
Relief Act applies a limit on nonbanking
acquisitions of 10 percent of the
acquiring bank holding com pany’s
assets, unless the Board finds that a
higher lim it is consistent w ith safety
and soundness and the purposes of the
BHC Act. The Regulatory Relief Act also
includes a lim it of 15 percent of the
holding com pany’s consolidated Tier 1
capital on the gross consideration that
may be paid by a bank holding company
in a nonbanking acquisition that is
reviewed u n der the stream lined
procedures contained in that Act.
In view of these comments and
enactment of the Regulatory Relief Act,
the Board has m ade two am endm ents to
the size criterion originally proposed.
First, the Board has adopted an absolute
limit of $7.5 billion to the size of an
individual acquisition that may be
reviewed u nder the stream lined
procedures. This limit w ould require an
in-depth review—on the basis of size
alone—of any com bination between
organizations w ithin approximately the
one-hundred largest bank holding
com panies or involving nonbanking
companies w ith a significant am ount of
assets.
The second change to the size
criterion involves adoption of a limit on
the gross consideration that may be paid
in a nonbanking acquisition by a bank
holding com pany under the streamlined
process. As noted above, this lim it was
included in the Regulatory Relief Act.
The Board believes that, in the context
of a nonbanking acquisition, a measure

9299

based on consideration paid often
represents a better test of the potential
impact of a proposal on the financial
resources of the acquiring organization
than a test based on the am ount of assets
acquired because nonbanking
acquisitions often involve the purchase
of expertise and fee-based businesses
that do not involve significant assets.
As noted above, the Regulatory Relief
Act adopted a limit of 10 percent of
assets on the size of any individual
nonbanking acquisition that may occur
under the stream lined procedures. The
Regulatory Relief Act allows the Board,
by regulation, to adopt an asset size
lim it that exceeds the 10 percent limit
if the Board determines that a different
percentage is consistent w ith safety and
soundness and the purposes of the BHC
Act.
The Board has determ ined to adopt its
proposed 35 percent limit. The size
limit adopted by the Board takes
account of the aggregate size of all
acquisitions—both bank and nonbank
acquisitions—reviewed u nder the
streamlined procedures over a period of
time that approximates the supervisory
examination schedule for m ost banking
organizations. This aggregate lim it
allows better monitoring of the overall
growth of an organization than does an
individual transaction limit. As noted
above, the Board has also adopted an
absolute lim it of $7.5 billion on any
individual acquisition that may be
reviewed under the stream lined
procedure, as w ell as a lim it on the
am ount of consideration that may be
paid in a nonbanking acquisition. The
Board has also retained the ability to
require review of any transaction using
the normal 30/60-day process if
w arranted for safety and soundness or
other reasons. The Board believes that,
in view of these other lim itations, the
aggregate 35 percent size limit is
consistent w ith safety and soundness
and the purposes of the BHC Act.
The Board has determ ined not to raise
the size of its proposed exception from
the growth lim it for smaller bank
holding companies. The Board proposed
to permit a qualifying bank holding
company to make acquisitions w ithout
regard to the 35 percent of asset
limitation so long as the total assets of
the bank holding company rem ained
below $300 million on a pro form a
basis. The Board believes that it is
im portant to m onitor rapid growth in
the relative size of an organization and
that an examination rating may not
accurately reflect the financial and
managerial strength of an organization
that has grown significantly since the
last examination was conducted. The
Board also notes that a significant

9300

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

num ber of acquisitions by smaller bank
holding com panies that exceed the
growth lim it are likely to continue to
qualify for the norm al 30-day delegated
action procedure.
e. Notice to Primary Bank Supervisor
In the case of the acquisition of a
bank, the BHC Act requires that the
prim ary supervisor for the bank to be
acquired be given 30 calendar days in
w hich to submit comments on the
transaction. A similar provision was
enacted in the Regulatory Relief Act that
requires 30 days notice to be given to
the Director of the Office of Thrift
Supervision of a proposal by a bank
holding company to acquire a savings
association.
Financial, managerial, legal, safety
and soundness, and other concerns that
are know n to the prim ary bank
supervisor generally are shared w ith the
System through ongoing arrangements
for sharing supervisory information.
Similarly, the System and the Office of
Thrift Supervision regularly coordinate
efforts and share information.
Consequently, in practice, the primary
supervisor generally allows the notice
period regarding an application to
expire w ithout filing comments.
To im plem ent this statutory
requirement, the final rule requires the
appropriate Reserve Bank to provide
notice of each bank acquisition proposal
to the primary supervisor for the
relevant banks and of each savings
association acquisition to the Director of
OTS. The final rule allows the System
to act on any proposal that qualifies for
the streamlined procedure even though
the period for obtaining comments from
the primary supervisor has not expired.
The final rule provides, however, that
the System’s action is subject to
revocation if the prim ary supervisor
objects to a transaction w ithin the
relevant notice period. Because bank
acquisition proposals may not be
consum m ated for at least 15 days after
System action—w hich is the m inim um
post-approval period perm itted by
statute to allow DOJ review of a bank
acquisition—it is expected that the
notice period for the prim ary supervisor
w ill expire prior to consum m ation of a
bank acquisition proposal. In the case of
thrift acquisitions, the OTS is working
w ith the Board to streamline the
comment process.
5. Preacceptance Review Period
The Board proposed to elim inate the
current period prior to acceptance of a
regulatory filing regarding a bank
acquisition proposal during w hich the
Reserve Bank reviews the informational
sufficiency of the filing. Instead, the

Board proposed to accept immediately
any subm ission that contains the
inform ation specified in the rule for the
proposed type of transaction. This
change eliminates a pre-acceptance
period that typically averages 25 days.
W hile commenters were generally in
favor of this change, a num ber of
com menters objected that elim ination of
the pre-acceptance period w ould reduce
the ability of the System to obtain
information needed to evaluate properly
the merits of a proposal. The Board
disagrees. The elim ination of the pre­
acceptance period does not in any way
dim inish the ability of the System at any
tim e to request, or the responsibility of
the applicant/notificant to provide,
additional relevant information needed
to evaluate a proposal. In addition, the
Board has retained the right to return as
incom plete any submission that does
not contain the information specified in
the regulation or appropriate form.
The Board had previously eliminated
a similar pre-acceptance period that
applied to nonbanking acquisitions. The
Board’s experience w ith elim ination of
the pre-acceptance period for
nonbanking acquisitions has indicated
that a similar period is not necessary for
bank acquisition proposals.
6. Hart-Scott-Rodino Act
One commenter expressed concern
w hether bank and nonbanking
acquisitions approved under the Board’s
stream lined procedures w ould be
exempt from the notification
requirements of section 7A of the
Clayton Act. Section 7A of the Clayton
Act, as added by the Hart-Scott-Rodino
A ntitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (15
U.S.C. 18A) (“HSR Act”), requires that
persons contem plating certain mergers
and acquisitions provide notice of the
transaction to the Federal Trade
Commission (“FTC”) and the DOJ. The
HSR Act, however, specifically provides
an exemption from these filing
requirem ents for transactions that
require agency approval under section 3
of the BHC Act (i.e., the acquisition of
shares or control of a bank or bank
holding company). In addition, the HSR
Act provides an exemption for
transactions that require agency
approval under section 4 of the BHC Act
(i.e., the acquisition by a bank holding
company of a nonbanking company) if
the acquiring company provides to the
FTC and DOJ copies of all information
filed w ith the Board.
The Board believes that the
stream lined procedures under
Regulation Y continue to satisfy the
requirem ent for an exemption from the
HSR Act for both bank and nonbanking
acquisitions. The streamlined

procedures represent a more
stream lined procedure for obtaining
System approval for the acquisition of a
bank or bank holding company under
section 3 or the acquisition of a
nonbanking company u nd er section 4 of
the BHC Act. As provided in the HSR
Act, bank holding com panies w ould
continue to be required to file w ith the
DOJ and FTC the information subm itted
to the Board in connection w ith a
nonbanking acquisition. The staff of the
DOJ and FTC have informally agreed
w ith this position.
7. Conditional Approval
The Board has authority to impose
conditions in connection w ith its action
on any proposal, and has in fact
im posed conditions that address safety
and soundness, CRA, conflicts of
interest, and competitive issues in a
num ber of prior cases. The final rule
incorporates this policy in order to
make clear that this authority is
available in connection with action on
any case, including a case that qualifies
for the stream lined procedure.
8. Waiver Process
The Board’s current regulation
permits bank holding com panies to seek
a waiver of the application filing
requirem ent under the BHC Act for
transactions that involve the acquisition
of stock of a bank for an instant in time
as part of a bank-to-bank merger
reviewed by another federal banking
agency under the Bank Merger Act. The
Board proposed three changes to this
portion of the regulation. First, the
Board proposed to reduce the period for
its review of waiver requests to 10 days
from 30 days. Second, the Board
proposed to specify in the regulation the
information that m ust be provided w ith
a waiver request. Third, the Board
proposed to make the waiver process
available for certain internal corporate
reorganizations.
Commenters discussing this proposal
generally supported these changes.
Several commenters suggested that the
Board make waivers automatic and
eliminate the filing and review
requirem ent altogether. Another
commenter argued, on the other hand,
that the Board should not allow the
waiver of any application and should
require application filings in every case.
The Board continues to believe that
the waiver process represents a sensible
reduction in duplication of regulatory
review of proposals that are subject to
review under identical standards in two
different federal statutes. Accordingly,
the Board has determ ined to retain the
waiver process w ith the changes
proposed. The Board believes that a 10-

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
day review process is adequate and
necessary to allow the System to
identify any aspect of the proposal that
m ay have a material effect on the bank
holding com pany or otherw ise fall
outside the purview of the federal
banking agency that is reviewing the
merits of the underlying transaction.
The Board also believes that, as a
general matter, corporate
reorganizations (such as the formation
of a w holly ow ned interm ediate-tier
holding company, the merger of w holly
owned holding companies, and the
transfer of a bank from one part of an
organization to another part of the same
organization) do not generally require
agency review. In each case, the bank
holding company already has System
approval to control and operate the
banks involved in the transaction. In
these cases, the Board agrees with
comm enters that a waiver should be
automatic. The supervisory process
provides the Board w ith ample
authority and opportunity to address
concerns that may arise from internal
corporate reorganizations. Accordingly,
the Board has adopted its proposal to
extend the waiver process to internal
corporate reorganizations and has made
these waivers available w ithout any
filing requirem ent.3
9. Small Bank Holding Company Policy
Statement
As published in the proposed revision
to Regulation Y, the Board’s policy
statem ent on one-bank holding
companies was revised to generalize its
applicability beyond the formation of a
bank holding com pany to include
acquisitions by qualifying small bank
holding companies, to reduce the
burden in the applications process, to
incorporate previously informal policies
that evolved since the original
publication of the statement, and to
remove obsolete language. Specifically,
the Board proposed to perm it small
bank holding com panies whose
subsidiary banks are well managed and
w ell-capitalized and w hose proposals
result in parent com pany debt to equity
of less than 1.0:1, to be eligible for
stream lined processing. These
companies w ould also be perm itted to
pay dividends under certain conditions
that are more clearly defined than in the
existing statement. Proposals involving
higher parent com pany leverage or a
bank in less-than-satisfactory condition
w ould be subjected to a focused review
3 Under the final rule, the waiver process is not
available for transactions by a holding company
that is organized in mutual form or for transactions
that occur outside the United States. These cases
typically raise a variety of issues that require review
in the application/notice process.

of the parent-level debt servicing ability,
or other issue presented, under the
Board’s normal procedures. These
organizations w ould also be restricted
from paying dividends until their
leverage was reduced to a 1.0:1 level
and the organization is otherwise in
satisfactory condition.
The final statem ent incorporates
several changes that further reduce
burden and make the policy statement
more consistent w ith the general
revisions to Regulation Y. It also
incorporates suggestions from
commenters and further clarifies the
statement.
The major substantive change
eliminates a disparity betw een larger
and smaller bank holding com panies in
qualifying for the Board’s stream lined
procedures. The final statem ent
incorporates the requirem ent that, to
qualify for the new stream lined
procedure, banks controlling 80 percent
of the organization m ust be wellmanaged and w ell-capitalized, as
opposed to the requirem ent in the
previous version of the statement that
all banks meet these criteria.
To address concern about the
availability of the stream lined
procedures to small bank holding
companies that have not yet received an
inspection rating, the final rule permits
any unrated bank holding company,
including a small bank holding
company, to be eligible for stream lined
processing as long as its subsidiary
bank(s) are well-capitalized and w ell­
rated and the bank holding company
obtains a determ ination from the System
that the company qualifies for the
streamlined procedures.
Several commenters urged the Board
to raise the $150 m illion size limit to
qualify as a small bank holding
company. The Board has determ ined
not to raise this level at this time. The
Board is concerned that an increase in
the availability of higher levels of debt
w ithout consolidated capital
requirements w ould raise overall risks
to the banking system, including
increased risk to the Bank Insurance
Fund, w ithout sufficient offsetting
public benefits.
The statement was also reformatted to
make it more understandable and
several technical and conforming
changes have been adopted.
10. One-Bank Holding Company
Formations
The Board proposed a num ber of
modifications to the stream lined notice
procedure governing proposals by
existing shareholders of a bank to
establish a bank holding company. To
qualify for this procedure under current

9301

rules, the shareholders of the bank m ust
acquire at least 80 percent of the shares
of the new bank holding company in
substantially the same proportion as the
shareholders’ bank ow nership, all
shareholders m ust certify that the
shareholders are not subject to any
supervisory or adm inistrative action,
and the bank holding company must
identify the shareholders of the new
bank holding company.
The Board proposed to reduce the
percentage of the bank holding company
that m ust be ow ned by shareholders of
the bank from 80 to 67 percent and to
require only the principal shareholders
(i.e., shareholders owning in excess of
10 percent of the bank holding
company) to certify that they are not
subject to any supervisory or
administrative action. In addition, the
Board proposed to elim inate the
publication requirem ent for this
category of bank holding company
formation because no publication is
required for these transactions under the
Riegle Act and because no regulatory
purpose is served by requiring
publication of these transactions, w hich
represent only a corporate
reorganization.
Only two commenters addressed
these proposed revisions. Both
supported the revisions and stated that
the changes w ould help reduce
unnecessary burden on individuals
forming small bank holding companies.
Accordingly, the Board has adopted the
proposed changes in the final rule.
B. Explanation o f Proposed Changes to
the N onbanking Provisions
1. General Review and Updating of
Nonbanking Activities
Section 4(c)(8) of the BHC Act
generally provides that a bank holding
company may engage in, or acquire
shares of a company engaged in,
activities that the Board has determined,
after notice and opportunity for
comment, “to be so closely related to
banking or managing or controlling
banks as to be a proper incident
thereto.” The Board may make this
determ ination by order or by regulation.
The Board has to date determ ined by
regulation that 24 activities are “closely
related to banking” and has determined
by individual order that a num ber of
additional activities are also “closely
related to banking.”
Once the Board has determ ined—
either by regulation or by order—that an
activity is “closely related to banking,”
the Board need not make that
determ ination again in subsequent
cases. Review of subsequent cases is
limited to determining w hether the

9302

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

conduct of the nonbanking activity by
the applying bank holding company
w ould result in public benefits that
outweigh the potential adverse effects
(the “proper incident” test).
The list of nonbanking activities
contained in Regulation Y (the “laundry
list”) is intended to serve the purpose of
providing a convenient and detailed list
of most of the activities that the Board
has found to be closely related to
banking and therefore permissible for
bank holding companies. The
Regulation Y laundry list also
designates the activities that may be
approved by the Reserve Banks under
delegated authority, although the Board
has delegated authority for Reserve
Banks to act on proposals involving a
num ber of activities approved by order
during intervals between modifications
of Regulation Y.
The Board has adopted its proposed
reorganization and revision of the list of
permissible nonbanking activities
contained in Regulation Y. Commenters
generally agreed that reorganizing the
list into categories of functionally
related activities w ould make the list
easier to understand and make it easier
for bank holding companies to obtain
approval to engage in related activities.
The Board intends that this new
organization of the laundry list perm it a
bank holding com pany to obtain
approval at one time to engage in all of
the activities on the laundry list, all
activities listed in a functional category,
or, at the holding com pany’s choosing,
any specific activity w ithin a category.
As explained above, the Board has
also am ended Regulation Y to
incorporate the changes enacted in the
Regulatory Relief Act that eliminate the
prior approval requirem ent for well-run
bank holding companies that propose to
engage de novo in nonbanking activities
that have been perm itted by regulation.
This change will significantly reduce
regulatory burden and improve the
ability of well-run bank holding
companies to respond quickly to
changes in the m arketplace by
eliminating the requirement that these
companies obtain System approval prior
to commencing de novo an activity
perm itted by regulation. This change
w ill also permit a well-run bank holding
company, w ithout any prior notice or
Board approval, to commence
immediately any activity that is
currently on the laundry list, any
activity that has been added to the
regulatory list of perm issible activities
in this final rule, and any new activity
that is added to the regulatory laundry
list in the future, provided that the bank
holding company meets the qualifying
criteria at the time the nonbanking

activity is commenced. A bank holding
company that does not qualify under the
final rule m ay file a notice seeking
approval to engage in any or all
activities contained on the laundry list,
as reorganized in this final rule.
The Board has also adopted a
stream lined procedure for well-run bank
holding companies to obtain System
approval to make nonbanking
acquisitions that fall w ithin the size
limits noted above. This stream lined
procedure is also available for proposals
to engage de novo in nonbanking
activities that have been perm itted only
by order.
As explained more fully below, the
Board has am ended the regulatory list of
permissible activities to include
nonbanking activities that previously
have been determ ined by order to be
closely related to banking. Among the
activities that have been included are:
(1) Riskless principal transactions; (2)
private placement services; (3) foreign
exchange trading for a bank holding
com pany’s ow n account; (4) dealing and
related activities in gold, silver,
platinum and palladium; (5) employee
benefits consulting; (6) career
counseling services; (7) asset
management, servicing and collection
activities; (8) acquiring and resolving
debt-in-default; (9) printing and selling
checks; and (10) providing real-estate
settlement services.
In addition, the Board has broadened
the scope of permissible derivatives and
foreign exchange activities to assure that
bank holding companies may conduct
these activities to the same degree as
banks. As explained below, the final
rule also removes several restrictions on
these activities that apply to bank
holding com panies but do not apply to
banks that conduct these activities.
2. Removal of Restrictions Governing
Permissible Activities
The Board has determ ined to remove
a significant num ber of restrictions
currently contained in the regulation
that are outmoded, have been
superseded by Board order, or do not
apply to insured depository institutions
that conduct the same activity. The
removal of these restrictions from the
regulation does not affect the Board’s
determ ination that each activity
contained on the laundry list is so
closely related to banking as to be a
proper incident thereto. A detailed
discussion of the restrictions that have
been removed is contained in
subsections (3), (5) and (6), or the
section below explaining “Restrictions
Removed from Permissible Nonbanking
Activities.”

The Board has determ ined to grant
relief from these conditions to all bank
holding com panies authorized to
conduct each activity, w ithout the need
for a specific filing by any individual
bank holding company. Henceforth, a
bank holding company authorized to
conduct an activity on the revised
laundry list may conduct that activity
subject to the limitations retained in this
final rule and to other applicable laws.
This relief extends only to the
restrictions described as being removed
in subsections (3), (5) or (6), or the
section below explaining “Restrictions
Removed from Permissible Nonbanking
Activities.” In particular, the relief does
not extend to commitments or
conditions that relate to the financial
resources of a particular bank holding
company or its subsidiaries, or to
commitments or conditions that relate
to the risk management polices of the
organization, periods for divestiture of
im perm issible assets or shares, or other
commitments or conditions that are not
discussed in subsections (3), (5), or (6)
or the section below explaining
“Restrictions Removed from Permissible
Nonbanking Activities.” Bank holding
companies that have com mitted to
comply w ith restrictions not described
in those sections as being rem oved may
in writing request a determ ination that
the condition or commitment is no
longer appropriate.
In granting this relief, the Board notes
that some of the conditions removed
from activities on the Regulation Y
laundry list involve restrictions
imposed under other laws and
regulations, such as the federal
securities laws or the Commodity
Exchange Act. The Board’s action does
not relieve any bank holding company
of its obligation to conduct each activity
in accordance w ith relevant state and
federal law governing the activity. Other
restrictions that have been removed
describe good business practice but are
not required to define the lawful scope
of permissible activity. The Board will
continue through the inspection process
to monitor carefully the conduct of
nonbanking activities by individual
bank holding companies and reserves
the right to impose any condition on the
nonbanking activities or operations of
any bank holding company as
appropriate to assure that the activity is
conducted in a safe and sound m anner
and w ithin the authority granted by the
Board.
3. Revision of Policy Statement
Governing Investment Advisory
Activities
The Board proposed to remove four
restrictions contained in its 1972

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
interpretive rule regarding the
investm ent advisory activities of bank
holding companies w ith respect to
m utual funds and other investment
com panies. These restrictions prohibit a
bank holding com pany from:
* Owning any snares of a m utual
fund advised by the bank holding
company;
* Lending to a m utual fund advised
by the bank holding company;
* Accepting shares of a m utual fund
that the holding company advises as
collateral for any loan to a customer for
the purpose of purchasing those m utual
fund shares; and
* Serving as an investm ent adviser to
an investm ent company or m utual fund
that has a nam e that is similar to, or a
variation of, the nam e of the bank
holding company or any of its
subsidiary banks.
These restrictions are intended to
ensure that a bank holding company
does not control a m utual fund in
violation of the Glass-Steagall Act, as
well as to mitigate potential conflicts of
interests and the potential for customer
confusion about the uninsured nature of
investm ent company shares. The Board
had previously removed a prohibition
on a bank holding company purchasing,
as a fiduciary, shares of a m utual fund
advised by the holding company as well
as restrictions contained in a staff letter
(the “ Sovran letter”) on the sale of
m utual funds by employees of a holding
company and its affiliates.
As the Board noted in its proposal,
existing statutory provisions appear
adequate to address concerns about the
ow nership of shares of a m utual fund by
the bank holding company. In
particular, the investment limitations of
section 4 of the BHC Act appear
adequate to mitigate potential conflicts
of interests that could result from
removal of the investment restriction
and lim it the ability of a bank holding
com pany to acquire more than 5 percent
of the voting shares of or to control a
m utual fund it advises.
Removal of the two lending
restrictions w ould perm it bank holding
companies and their affiliates to make
certain loans to the extent permissible
under applicable federal or state law.
For example, federal law permits
insured banks, w ithin limits, to make
loans to a m utual fund advised by the
bank, and the federal securities laws
govern the extension of credit by any
broker/dealer to a customer to purchase
shares of a m utual fund. The System
expects that extensions of credit by the
holding company to a m utual fund or to
a customer w ho uses the shares as
collateral for the loan w ould be done on
a safe and sound basis.

The Board proposed to replace the
fourth restriction w ith a provision
perm itting similar nam es so long as: (1)
The investm ent com pany nam e is not
identical to that of the holding company
or an affiliated insured depository
institution; (2) the investm ent company
nam e does not include the term
“bank,” ; and (3) the holding com pany or
investm ent com pany discloses to
customers in writing the role of the
holding com pany as an adviser to the
investm ent company and that shares of
the investm ent com pany are not
federally insured and are not obligations
of or guaranteed by any insured
depository institution. The SEC permits
an investm ent com pany to have a nam e
similar to that of an insured depository
institution provided that the investment
com pany makes a num ber of disclosures
that advise customers that the
investm ent com pany is not federally
insured or guaranteed by the insured
depository institution.4
M any commenters strongly supported
these proposed revisions. Commenters
stated that these changes w ould remove
restrictions addressed more directly by
other provisions of law and would allow
bank holding com panies to compete on
a more equal basis w ith other
investm ent advisors. Several
comm enters urged the Board to allow an
investm ent company advised by a bank
holding company to have a name
identical to that of the bank holding
com pany so long as the name is not
identical to that of any subsidiary bank
of the holding company. These
commenters also contended that the
Board’s disclosure requirem ents in this
area are duplicative and therefore
should be eliminated. A small num ber
of other commenters objected that the
Board’s proposal w ould cause increased
confusion among customers regarding
the nature of uninsured investment
products.
After review of the comments, the
Board believes that the proposed
revisions to the interpretive rule are
appropriate, and has adopted the
revisions as proposed. The revised name
restriction will allow increased
flexibility in the marketing of
investm ent companies advised by bank
holding companies, and enhance the
ability of bank holding companies to
compete w ith other bank and nonbankaffiliated investment advisers. At the
same time, the lim itation on identical
names and on the use of the word
“bank,” w hen coupled w ith the
disclosure requirements, should
substantially mitigate the potential for
4 Letter of May 13,1993, [1993 Transfer Binder]
Fed. Sec. L. Rep. (CCH) Paragraph 76,683.

9303

customer confusion about the u n ­
insured nature of investm ent company
shares.
The Board believes that the disclosure
requirem ents also continue to be
appropriate to address the potential for
customer confusion in situations in
w hich the holding com pany or its
affiliates advise a m utual fund and the
sale of the m utual fund shares is not
covered by the disclosure provisions of
the Interagency Statement on Retail
Sales of Nondeposit Investment
Products. The disclosure requirements
are increasingly proving to be an
effective m ethod for addressing
potential customer confusion and do not
appear to be onerous.
4. Procedures for Determining the
Permissibility of Nonbanking Activities
The Board has adopted two
provisions to Regulation Y to ease the
burden associated w ith determining the
authorization and scope of permissible
nonbanking activities. First, the
regulation specifically reflects the fact
that the Board may, on its own
initiative, begin a proceeding to find
that an activity is perm issible for bank
holding companies, as the Board did in
the case of many of the earlier
nonbanking activities. As required by
the BHC Act, the Board w ould provide
public notice that it is considering the
permissibility of a given activity and
w ould provide an opportunity for
public comment.
The Board expects to consider
amending the laundry list, for example,
as new activities are authorized for
banks, as experience w ith a narrowly
defined activity indicates that the
activity should be more broadly defined,
or as developments occur in technology
or the marketplace for financial
products and services. The System will
actively track market developments as
well as decisions that authorize banks to
conduct new activities and evaluate
adding these activities to the laundry
list even if an individual request has not
yet been made to engage in these
activities.
Several commenters urged the Board
to add a provision limiting the
processing period for evaluating
proposals regarding the perm issibility of
a particular new activity, m uch as the
Board has proposed for determ ining the
scope of a currently permissible activity.
On the other hand, other commenters
argued that the Board should seek
public comment on all proposals
involving the permissibility of new
activities or the scope of currently
permissible nonbanking activities.
The BHC Act, as am ended by the
Regulatory Relief Act, requires that the

9304

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

5. Nonbanking Activities That Are
Board provide notice and opportunity
for public com m ent prior to determ ining Incidental to a Permissible Activity
that an activity is closely related to
The Board has adopted its proposal to
banking. The Regulatory Relief Act
perm it a subsidiary of a bank holding
elim inated the requirem ent that the
company engaged in financial data
Board provide an opportunity for a
processing or m anagement consulting
formal hearing regarding the
activities, as an incidental activity, to
perm issibility of an activity. The final
derive up to 30 percent of its annual
rule reflects both of these statutory
revenue from nonfinancial data
actions. In particular, the final rule
processing or m anagement consulting
retains the provision currently in
services, respectively. Commenters
Regulation Y for public notice and
discussing this aspect of the proposal
opportunity for com m ent in connection
strongly supported this proposal and
w ith consideration of the permissibility
contended that bank holding companies
of a new activity, and elim inates the
engaged in data processing and
requirem ent for a hearing. The Board
m anagement consulting activities have
retains discretion to order a formal or
substantial expertise in these areas that
informal hearing regarding the
allow them safely and soundly to
perm issibility of an activity w here a
provide these services involving
hearing may be useful in resolving
nonfinancial data or nonfinancial
disputes of fact regarding an activity.
customers. In addition, several
Because of the complexity of m any of
commenters argued that bank holding
the issues raised in determ ining the
com panies currently are at a
permissibility of a new activity, the
competitive disadvantage in providing
Board has determ ined not to establish a
data processing and management
specific lim it on the time for evaluating
consulting services and in hiring
these proposals.
employees because of the strict
The Board has am ended the
limitations tying these services to
regulation to establish a stream lined
financial data and financial consulting.
procedure outside the application
A num ber of commenters argued that
process through w hich any bank
the Board should perm it a greater
holding company or other interested
am ount of incidental activity, some
person may request an advisory opinion arguing for no limit. Two commenters
from the Board that a particular
argued, on the other hand, that bank
variation on an activity is permissible
holding companies should not be
under an existing authorization and is
perm itted to engage in any nonfinancial
not deemed to be a new activity. The
data processing because the commenters
Board w ould issue an advisory opinion
believed that the benefits of access to
w ithin 45 days, and make this opinion
the Federal discount w indow and the
available and applicable to all similarly
paym ents system and the unique
situated bank holding companies. At the products that banks can provide
time the Board reviews an activity, the
combine to give bank holding
Board w ould determ ine w hether it is
companies and banks an unfair
appropriate to perm it bank holding
advantage in competing with
companies to engage in this activity
nonfinancial firms to provide
w ithout additional approval (as, for
nonfinancial products and services,
example, a variation of one or more
including firms owned by women and
previously authorized activities) or to
minorities.
require bank holding companies to
After considering the comments, the
obtain approval prior to conducting the
Board has adopted the revisions to the
activity (because, for example, the
data processing and management
activity does not fall w ithin a previously consulting provisions as proposed. The
approved activity or category or
Board believes that these revisions are
involves special risks or concerns). As
necessary to allow bank holding
noted above, w ell-run bank holding
companies to compete effectively in
companies may, w ithout prior Board
providing financial data processing and
approval, engage de novo in any activity management consulting services.
added to the regulatory laundry list.
The strict limitations on providing
Commenters agreed that these two
non-financial data processing and
procedures should make it easier for
management consulting activities that
were previously applied to bank holding
bank holding companies to participate
in marketplace developments in
companies inhibit the ability of bank
permissible nonbanking activities. In
holding com panies effectively to
addition, these procedures will
compete w ith other providers w ho often
combine financial and nonfinancial
eliminate a num ber of applications that
are currently filed by bank holding
products. In a number of recent cases
com panies that are uncertain about the
reviewed by the Board, for example, the
scope of permissible activities.
record has indicated that it is common

practice for a software provider to
integrate financial data processing
software and nonfinancial data
processing software in the same
package. Similarly, commenters
indicated that it is comm on for
management consultants to provide
advice on general m atters in connection
w ith providing advice on financial,
accounting and sim ilar matters. The
strict limitations have also reduced the
ability of bank holding companies to
attract the most qualified employees—
w ho often have expertise, clients,
proprietary rights, and interests—that
span financial and nonfinancial matters.
The Board believes that its proposed
limit—30 percent of the revenue derived
from permissible financial data
processing activities, and 30 percent of
the revenue derived from permissible
financial management consulting
services, respectively—represents a
reasonable level of incidental activity
that assures that the bank holding
com pany is significantly involved in
financial data processing or
m anagem ent consulting.5 The Board
does not believe that this lim ited
participation w ill permit bank holding
companies an unfair competitive
advantage over other providers of data
processing or m anagement consulting
services. As the Board and the industry
gain experience in data processing and
m anagem ent consulting activities, the
Board w ill review and adjust the level
of incidental activities as appropriate.
6. Expanded Exception for Acquisitions
of Lending Assets in the Ordinary
Course of Business
The Board proposed to revise the
regulatory language permitting a bank
holding company, w ithout additional
approval, to acquire lending assets from
a third party in the ordinary course of
business. The Board currently permits a
bank holding company, w ithout
additional approval, to acquire assets of
an office of another company related to
making, acquiring or servicing loans so
long as the bank holding company and
the transaction meet certain
qualifications. Among the qualifications
are that the assets relate to consumer or
mortgage lending, and that the acquired
assets represent the lesser of $25 million
or 25 percent of the consumer lending,
mortgage banking or industrial banking
assets of the acquiring bank holding
company. The office m ust also be
5 In the data processing area, this 30 percent
basket would not include revenue derived from the
use of excess capacity or the sale of general purpose
hardware that is currently permitted in accordance
with the Board’s regulation and policies governing
those activities.

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
located in the geographic area served by
the bank holding company.
The Board has revised this provision
in three ways. First, since the Board no
longer limits the geographic scope of its
approval to engage in nonbanking
activities, this restriction has been
removed. Second, the scope of the
exception has been broadened to perm it
the acquisition of assets related to any
lending activity. Third, the threshold
limits have been raised to perm it the
acquisition of assets representing up to
the lesser of $100 m illion or 50 percent
of the lending assets of the bank holding
company.
Commenters generally favored the
modifications proposed by the Board for
expanding the scope and size of
transactions that could be conducted in
the ordinary course of business under
this exception. The proposed
broadening of the exception would
elim inate an unnecessary approval
requirem ent and paperwork for
transactions that are relatively small and
represent the ordinary course of
business.
7. Consummation Period for Certain
Proposals
The Board had originally proposed to
eliminate the requirem ent that a bank
holding company exercise its authority
to engage de novo in a nonbanking
activity w ithin one year of receiving
System approval. While several
commenters expressed support for this
approach, the final rule does not
include a specific provision adopting
this change for two reasons. First, since
the date of the original proposal, the
Regulatory Relief Act elim inated
altogether the prior approval
requirem ent for well-run bank holding
companies that choose to engage de
novo in nonbanking activities
permissible by regulation. This statutory
change eliminates a substantial portion
of the cases that w ould have benefitted
by the proposal to elim inate the
consum m ation period. Second, the
Board may, w ithout any regulatory
change, adjust the consum m ation period
on a case-by-case basis. The Board
believes this is a more appropriate
approach in cases that do not qualify for
the statutory exception in the
Regulatory Relief Act.
C. Explanation o f the Restrictions
Rem oved From Permissible Nonbanking
Activities
As noted above, the Board has
removed restrictions contained in the
current regulation that are outmoded,
have been superseded by Board order or
w ould not apply to an insured
depository institution conducting the

same activity. The lim itations that
rem ain are necessary to establish a
definition of the perm itted activity or to
prevent circum vention of another
statute, such as the Glass-Steagall Act.
The following discussion explains, by
functional group of activities, the
restrictions that the Board has
elim inated as well as certain limitations
that the Board has retained. In several
areas, the Board expects to develop
supervisory policy statements to address
potential adverse effects that may be
associated w ith certain activities. The
Board may seek comment on those
supervisory policy statements as
appropriate.
1. Extending Credit and Servicing Loans
Lending activities are already broadly
defined and contain no restrictions.
Permissible lending activities include
the types of lending activities that were
previously listed by way of example in
Regulation Y, such as lending activities
conducted by consumer, mortgage,
commercial, factoring, and credit card
companies. Removal of those specific
examples from the proposed rule was
intended to make clear that making,
acquiring, brokering and servicing all
types of loans or extensions of credit are
considered permissible lending
activities, and elim ination of these
examples from the final rule does not
dim inish the scope of the activity or the
perm issibility of those examples of
lending activities. Nevertheless, at the
request of a num ber of commenters,
factoring has been re-included as an
example of a permissible lending
activity.
2. Activities Related to Extending Credit
A new category has been added
authorizing activities that the Board
determines to be usual in connection
w ith making, acquiring, brokering or
servicing loans or other extensions of
credit. W ithout limiting the scope of
this activity, the category lists a num ber
of activities that the Board has
previously determ ined are related to
credit extending activities, including, by
way of example, credit bureau,
collection agency, appraisal, asset
management, check guarantee, and realestate settlement activities.
Restrictions governing disclosures to
customers, tying, preferential treatment
of customers of affiliates, disclosure of
confidential customer information
w ithout customer consent and similar
restrictions previously contained in
Regulation Y have been removed from
these activities. These restrictions do
not apply to banks that conduct these
activities and, to the extent these
restrictions are appropriate, supervisory

9305

guidance on the conduct of the activity
w ill be developed.
Several commenters requested that
the Board eliminate all restrictions
governing the acquisition of debt in
default, in particular, the requirement
that the period for disposing of shares
or assets securing debt in default be
calculated as of the date the defaulted
debt is acquired. The Board believes the
three restrictions adopted in the
regulation are necessary to define the
scope of the activity and to assure that
the activity remains the acquisition of
debt rather than an impermissible
acquisition of securities or other assets.
The requirem ent regarding the
calculation of the period for disposing
of the underlying shares or assets
subjects the activity to the same
limitations that apply under the terms of
the BHC Act to the acquisition of shares
or assets in satisfaction of a debtpreviously-contracted. During this
period, the holding company may divest
the property or, as in the case of any
debt that has been previously
contracted, restructure the debt.
3. Leasing Personal or Real Property
The changes to the leasing provision
have been adopted as proposed.
Specifically, the regulation removes a
num ber of restrictions from the two
types of leasing activities permissible
for bank holding companies, full-payout
leasing and high residual value leasing,6
including the following restrictions:
* The lease m ust serve as the
functional equivalent of an extension of
credit (permissible high residual value
leasing may not be the functional
equivalent of an extension of credit);
* The property m ust be acquired only
for a specific leasing transaction;
* Leased property must be re-leased
or sold w ithin 2 years of the end of each
lease;
* The m axim um lease term may not
exceed 40 years; and
* No leased property may be held for
more them 50 years.
Commenters favored removal of these
restrictions and noted that removal of
these restrictions from the regulation
w ould perm it bank holding companies
6 A full-payout lease is the functional equivalent
of an extension of credit and relies primarily on
rental payments and tax benefits to recover the cost
of the leased property and related financing costs.
High residual value leasing may involve significant
reliance on the expected residual value of the
leased property—on average, under 50 percent, but
in some cases, up to the full original cost of leased
property—to recoup the cost of the leased property
and related financing costs. Under the current
regulation, bank holding companies may provide
full-payout leases for any type of personal property
or real property, and may make high residual value
leases only for personal property.

9306

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

greater flexibility to acquire property in
quantity in the expectation of leasing
activities and w ould allow more
flexibility in selling or re-leasing
property at the expiration of a lease. It
is expected that supervisory guidance
w ould be developed to address potential
issues arising from removal of the
restrictions.
The provision limiting to 100 percent
of the initial acquisition cost the am ount
of reliance that may be placed on the
residual value of leased personal
property has also been removed. This
lim it does not apply to national bank
leasing activities. While commenters
favored removal of the requirem ent that
the estim ated residual value of real
property be lim ited to 25 percent of the
value of the property at the time of the
initial lease, this restriction was
retained in order to distinguish real
property leasing from real estate
developm ent and investment activities.
Two other requirements were
retained: (1) That the lease be non­
operating, and (2) that the initial lease
term be at least 90 days. These
requirem ents w ere developed in the
course of litigation regarding the leasing
activities of national banks, and were
relied on by the courts in distinguishing
bank leasing activities from general
property rental and real estate
developm ent businesses. The
requirem ent that a lease be non­
operating is also a statutory requirem ent
limiting the high residual value leasing
activities of national banks.
The regulation has been modified at
the request of commenters to clarify
that, as a general matter, the
requirem ent that a lease be non­
operating m eans that the bank holding
com pany may not itself (or through a
subsidiary) repair, operate, m aintain or
service the equipm ent or property being
leased during the lease term. The Board
has applied this interpretation since
1974 in order to help distinguish bank
holding company leasing activities from
general commercial activities. A more
detailed definition of a nonoperating
lease in the automobile rental context,
w hich was developed in litigation and
adopted by the courts, has also been
retained. The regulation provides that,
in either case, a bank holding company
is perm itted to arrange for a third party
to provide these repair and other
services in connection with a lease.
4. Operating Nonbank Depository
Institutions
This category permits ow nership of a
savings association and an industrial
loan company. The proposed regulation
retains the restrictions in the BHC Act
that the institution not be operated as a

rule permits bank holding com panies to
provide retail customers w ith
investm ent advice concerning
derivatives transactions an d to provide
discretionary investm ent advice
regarding derivatives transactions to
institutional or retail custom ers as an
investment adviser, com m odity trading
advisor, or otherwise. This includes
5. T rust Company Functions
providing discretionary investm ent
The current regulation limits the
advice to any person regarding contracts
deposit-taking and lending activities of
relating to financial or nonfinancial
trust companies. These limitations are
assets. The conduct of these activities
already encom passed in the requirem ent would, of course, be subject to the
in the BHC Act that the trust company
requirements of applicable law,
not be a “bank” for purposes of the BHC including applicable state and federal
Act and have, therefore, been deleted
lav/s governing fiduciary activities or
from the regulation.
advisory activities.
The final rule perm its bank holding
6. Financial and Investm ent Advisory
companies to engage in any
Activities
combination of permissible nonbanking
Like the initial proposal, the final rule activities listed in Regulation Y.
groups together all investm ent and
Accordingly, bank holding companies
financial advisory activities and broadly may provide financial and investm ent
perm its acting as investm ent or
advice (including discretionary
financial adviser to any person, w ithout investment advice) together w ith
restriction. W ithout limiting the breadth permissible agency transactional
of the advisory authority, the rule also
services, investment or trading
lists specific examples of certain types
transactions as principal, or any other
of investm ent or financial advice,
listed activities. Supervisory guidance
counseling and related services that
may be developed, as needed, to address
previously had been separately
conflicts of interest that may arise from
authorized. These examples are:
providing certain services in
* Advising an investm ent company
combination.
and sponsoring, organizing and
The final rule also deletes restrictions
managing a closed-end investment
in the areas of tax-planning, taxcompany;
preparation and consum er counseling
* Furnishing general economic
services that prohibited bank holding
information and forecasts;
companies from promoting specific
* Providing financial advice
products and services and from
regarding mergers and similar corporate obtaining or disclosing confidential
transactions;
customer information w ithout the
* Providing advice regarding
custom er’s consent. These restrictions
commodities and derivatives
do not apply to banks that engage in
transactions; and
these activities.
* Providing consum er educational
The commenters addressing this
courses and providing tax-planning and activity strongly supported the
tax-preparation.
consolidation of the various advisory
The final rule removes the few
activities, the expansion of permissible
restrictions that have in the past been
advisory activities, and the removal of
im posed by the Board on financial and
existing restrictions im posed by the
investm ent advisory activities. These
Board on these activities. These
restrictions do not apply to banks that
commenters argued that the provision of
provide investm ent advisory services.
all types of financial and investment
Specifically, the final rule removes
advice is w ithin the expertise of banking
the restriction that discretionary
organizations and, therefore, closely
investm ent advice be provided only to
related to banking.
institutional customers, thereby
Several commenters requested further
allowing bank holding companies to
guidance on the scope of permissible
manage retail custom er accounts outside advisory activities and urged the
of the trust departm ent of an affiliated
inclusion of examples of additional
bank (to the extent otherwise permitted
specific types of advisory activities,
by law). This activity w ould continue to such as advisory activities related to real
be governed by the fiduciary principles
estate, in order to clarify the
in relevant state law. Moreover, the final permissibility of these activities. Other
commenters requested clarification that
7 The BHC Act contains an exception from the
the
use of examples did not im ply that
definition of “bank” for industrial loan companies
advisory activities that are om itted from
and savings associations that meet requirements
the list of examples are not permissible.
listed in the BHC Act.

“ban k ” for purposes of the BHC A c t7
and that the activities of the institution
conform to the relevant statutory
provisions of the BHC Act. As noted
above, by the terms of the Regulatory
Relief Act, the operation of a savings
association requires prior System
approval.

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
As noted above and in the original
'
proposal, the final rule includes any
investm ent or financial advisory activity
w ithout restriction. The examples
included in the final rule are not
intended in any way to limit the scope
of the financial and investm ent advisory
activity. The examples are illustrative
rather than exclusive examples of
permissible advisory activities, and
have been retained to recognize that
certain advisory activities have been
specifically approved u nder other
provisions of Regulation Y and continue
to be permissible.
Some commenters suggested revisions
to the proposal’s description of certain
examples. In response to these
comments, the final rule clarifies that
the provision regarding advice on
mergers, acquisitions and other
transactions includes “other similar
transactions.” At the suggestion of
several commenters, the final rule has
been revised to clarify the permissibility
of providing investm ent advice
regarding transactions w ith respect to
any transactions in foreign exchange,
swaps and similar transactions,
commodities, and forwards contracts,
futures, options, options on futures, and
similar instruments.
Several commenters noted that there
currently is uncertainty regarding the
jurisdiction of the CFTC over some
transactions involving foreign exchange.
The final rule is not affected by the
scope of CFTC jurisdiction. The Board
intends that references to transactions
“ in foreign exchange” throughout the
regulation include transactions in
foreign exchange, options on foreign
exchange, futures on foreign exchange,
options on futures on foreign exchange,
swaps in foreign exchange, and similar
foreign exchange-related instrum ents. A
bank holding company must, of course,
comply w ith the rules of any other
federal or state agency to the extent that
the bank holding company conducts an
activity subject to that agency’s
jurisdiction, as determ ined by the
relevant statute, agency rule or court
decision.
7. Agency Transactional Services for
Customer Investments
The final rule reorganizes into a single
functional category the various
transactional services that a bank
holding company may provide as agent.
This category includes securities
brokerage activities, private placement
activities, riskless principal activities,
execution and clearance of derivatives
contracts, foreign exchange execution
services, and other transactional
services.

a. Securities Brokerage Activities
The current regulation differentiates
betw een securities brokerage services
provided alone (i.e., discount brokerage
services) and securities brokerage
services provided in combination w ith
investm ent advisory services (i.e., fullservice brokerage activities). The final
rule permits securities brokerage
w ithout distinguishing between
discount and full-service brokerage
activities.
U nder the current regulation, bank
holding companies providing fullservice brokerage services m ust make
certain disclosures to customers
regarding the uninsured nature of
securities and may not disclose
confidential custom er information
w ithout the custom er’s consent. These
requirem ents were deleted in the
proposal.
The Board sought comment on
w hether elim ination of these restrictions
from the regulation w ould lead to
adverse effects, including customer
confusion about the uninsured nature of
non-deposit investm ent products sold
through bank holding companies.
Several commenters opposed the
elim ination of the disclosure
requirem ents in the regulation,
contending that the interagency policy
statement and SEC regulations are not
providing adequate consumer
protection. A num ber of commenters,
however, supported the elim ination of
the disclosure requirements in the
regulation on the basis that these
requirements were duplicative of
requirements contained in the
interagency policy statement and SEC
regulations.
The final rule deletes the disclosure
requirements. The disclosure
requirem ents—along w ith a num ber of
other requirem ents that specifically
address the potential for customer
confusion, training requirements,
suitability requirements and other
matters—are already contained in an
interagency policy statement that
governs the sale of securities and other
non-deposit investm ent products on
bank premises as well as in rules
adopted by the SEC. In addition, similar
disclosure requirem ents are required by
the Board’s policy statement governing
the sale by bank holding companies of
shares of m utual funds and other
investm ent companies that the bank
holding company advises.
Recent supervisory experience
indicates that banking organizations and
their affiliates, in general, are becoming
more effective in implementing the
regulatory disclosure requirements and
that customers are becoming

9307

increasingly aware that investm ent
products purchased at banking
organizations and their affiliates are not
federally insured. Moreover, the Board
and the SEC have adequate supervisory
authority to ensure that bank holding
com panies comply w ith the regulatory
disclosure requirem ents. To the extent
that disclosures to customers are
appropriate in areas not covered by the
regulatory policy statements or SEC
regulations, the Board w ill consider
w hether to develop supervisory
guidance, on an interagency basis where
appropriate.
b. Riskless Principal Activities
The Board recently reduced the
restrictions that govern riskless
principal activities.8 The restrictions
that were retained were designed to
ensure that bank holding com panies do
not avoid the Glass-Steagall Act
provisions by classifying underw riting
and dealing activities as riskless
principal activities. The restrictions that
the proposal retained prohibit:
* Selling bank-ineligible securities at
the order of a customer w ho is the issuer
or in a transaction in w hich the bank
holding company has an agreement to
place the securities of the issuer;
* Acting as riskless principal in any
transaction involving a bank-ineligible
security for w hich the bank holding
com pany or an affiliate makes a market;
* Acting as riskless principal for any
bank-ineligible security carried in the
inventory of the bank holding company
or any affiliate; and
* Acting as riskless principal on
behalf of any U.S. affiliate that engages
in bank-ineligible securities
underw riting or dealing activities or any
foreign affiliate that engages in
securities underw riting or dealing
activities outside the U.S.
The Board requested comment on
w hether these restrictions, and in
particular the second and third
restrictions, are necessary to assure
com pliance w ith the Glass-Steagall Act.
The majority of commenters discussing
the riskless principal activity argued for
the deletion of all four restrictions,
contending that none of the restrictions
are necessary to ensure that a
nonbanking subsidiary does not engage
in underw riting or dealing through its
riskless principal transactions and that
any concern in this regard w ould be
addressed by a requirement that the
subsidiary not hold itself out as a dealer
w ith respect to any security. Several
commenters noted that the restrictions
w ould prohibit riskless principal
8 The B ank o f New York Company, Inc., 82
Federal Reserve Bulletin 748 (1996).

9308

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

transactions on b ehalf of a section 20
affiliate even if this affiliate was not the
underw riter or dealer for the security in
question. These commenters m aintained
that this w ould pu t bank holding
companies w ith section 20 affiliates at
a competitive disadvantage.
Several commenters also suggested
that the Board perm it riskless principal
transactions in the primary market
generally. Some of these commenters
specifically urged the Board to allow
bank holding com panies to act as
riskless principal for the sale of
commercial paper in the prim ary market
because com mercial paper tends to have
short m aturities.
The final rule retains the requirement
that riskless principal transactions be
conducted in the secondary market. The
Board has determ ined, however, to
elim inate all but two restrictions in the
final rule. The final rule retains the first
proposed restriction, w hich prohibits a
bank holding company from using its
riskless principal authority to sell bankineligible securities at the order of a
custom er w ho is the issuer or in a
transaction in w hich the bank holding
company has an agreement to place the
securities of the issuer. This restriction,
as well as the requirem ent that the
transactions be conducted in the
secondary market, is designed to
distinguish riskless principal activities
from private placem ent and
underw riting or dealing activities. This
classification of riskless principal
transactions does not prevent bank
holding com panies from engaging
pursuant to other authority in
permissible private placem ent activities
or in underw riting and dealing
activities, both of w hich perm it
transactions in the primary market and
w ith an issuer.
The Board has also determ ined to
revise the second restriction to focus on
transactions involving a bank-ineligible
security for w hich the bank holding
company or any affiliate acts as
underw riter (during the underw riting
period and for 30 days thereafter) or
dealer. This revision narrows the scope
of the restriction w hile addressing the
Board’s concern that a nonbanking
subsidiary not use its riskless principal
authority to engage in underw riting or
dealing activities. As modified, this
provision also addresses the concerns
covered by the third and fourth
restrictions. Consequently, the final rule
deletes the last two restrictions in the
proposal.
c. Private Placem ent Activities
The Board proposed to add private
placem ent activities to the laundry list,
using the definition of private

placem ent activities adopted by the SEC
and the federal securities laws. The
proposal removed all but one restriction
that had been im posed by Board order
on the conduct of this activity. That
restriction prohibits a bank holding
com pany from purchasing for its own
account securities that it is placing and
from holding in inventory unsold
portions of securities it is attem pting to
place.
Among the restrictions that the
proposal removes from the conduct of
private placem ent activities are
prohibitions on:
* Extending credit that enhances the
m arketability of a security being placed;
* Lending to an issuer for the
purposes of covering the funding lost
through the unsold portion of securities
being placed;
* Lending to the issuer for the
purpose of repurchasing securities being
placed;
* Acquiring securities through an
account for w hich the bank holding
com pany has fiduciary authority;
* Providing advice to any purchaser
regarding a security the bank holding
com pany is placing; and
* Placing securities w ith any noninstitutional investors (the SEC rules
allow sales to institutional investors and
up to 35 non-institutional investors).
None of these restrictions have been
applied to national banks that conduct
private placement activities.
The Board sought comment on
w hether any of these restrictions must
be retained to address potential adverse
effects, including potential conflicts of
interest or custom er confusion, or to
assure fulfillment of fiduciary duties.
The commenters discussing private
placem ent activities strongly supported
the removal of these restrictions from
private placem ent activities.
Several comments urged the Board,
however, not to adopt the definition of
private placement in the federal
securities statutes, contending that such
definition is too restrictive. The final
rule, as the proposal, defines private
placement in accordance w ith the
Securities Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and
the rules of the SEC. For purposes of
including private placem ent activities
on the laundry list, the Board believes
it is reasonable to look to the definition
of private placement adopted by the
SEC, the primary federal regulator of
securities activities, and the distinctions
the SEC has drawn between private
placem ent and underw riting or dealing
activities. This definition does not limit
bank holding companies from seeking to
engage in other securities activities
pursuant to Board order.

One commenter also requested that
the definition of private placem ent be
broadened to include private resales of
securities to institutional buyers and
private placem ents of securities of
registered investm ent companies. The
final rule w ould perm it private resales
of privately placed securities if the
transaction is conducted in accordance
w ith the requirem ents of the 1933 Act
and the rules of the SEC, the bank
holding company acts only as agent for
such private resales by th ird parties, and
the bank holding com pany neither
purchases for its own account securities
that it is placing nor holds in inventory
unsold portions of securities it is
attem pting to place. This w ould not
include acting as a dealer w ith respect
to resales of privately placed securities,
an activity that bank holding companies
m ay seek to engage in pursuant to Board
order. Similarly, the final rule would
perm it bank holding com panies to act as
agent for the private placem ent of
securities issued by any company,
including an investm ent company, to
the extent that these private placements
are conducted in accordance w ith the
requirem ents of the 1933 Act and the
SEC rules and the Board’s restrictions
on purchasing or inventorying such
securities.
Some commenters also recommended
that the Board remove the prohibition
on a bank holding company purchasing
or repurchasing the securities it places.
Several of these commenters contended
that such purchases should be
permissible if the com pany made the
decision to purchase the securities for
its own account sim ultaneously w ith or
after, and separate from, the decision to
engage in the private placement. One
com menter m aintained that a company
engaged in private placem ent activities
should be perm itted to invest in the
securities being placed so long as it had
a bona fid e expectation of and m ade a
bona fid e effort in placing the securities.
The final rule retains the proposal’s
restriction on purchasing or
repurchasing the securities that are
privately placed. The Board believes
this restriction is appropriate to prevent
a bank holding company from
classifying as private placem ent
activities its securities underwriting
activities, w hich are governed by the
Glass-Steagall Act and the Board’s
section 20 decisions.
The final rule does not contain a
lim itation on the am ount of a particular
issue of securities that a company may
place w ith an affiliate. As the Board
noted w hen it first authorized a bank
holding company to place securities
w ith an affiliate, banks privately place
securities w ith affiliates and no

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
particular supervisory problem appears
to have arisen from these investments.9
The Board continues to recognize the
increased potential for certain conflicts
of interests if affiliates purchase a
substantial portion of an issue of
securities placed by an affiliate. In this
regard, insured depository institutions
that purchase securities privately placed
by an affiliate m ust com ply w ith section
23B of the Federal Reserve Act as well
as the limitations in the Glass SteagallAct relating to the purchase of
investm ent securities. The Board
expects that nonbank affiliates that
purchase these securities will do so in
accordance with appropriate internal
policies and procedures.
d. Futures Commission M erchant
Activities
i. In General
The current regulation authorizes
bank holding companies to execute and
clear derivatives on certain financial
instrum ents on major exchanges, subject
to a num ber of restrictions. The Board
has, by order, broadened this authority
in two key respects. First, the Board has
by order perm itted bank holding
companies to execute and clear
derivative contracts on a broad range of
nonfinancial commodities. Second, the
Board has perm itted bank holding
com panies to clear derivative contracts
w ithout sim ultaneously providing
execution services, and to provide
execution services w ithout also
providing clearing services.
Commenters strongly favored
modification of the current regulation to
reflect these Board orders.
As noted above, the final rule removes
the restriction in the current regulation
prohibiting a bank holding company
from providing foreign exchange
transactional services in the same
subsidiary that provides advice
regarding foreign exchange. Banks are
not subject to this restriction. The final
rule also w ould permit a bank holding
company to perform perm issible futures
comm ission m erchant (“FCM”)
activities through a section 20
subsidiary.
The final rule permits a nonbanking
subsidiary to act as an FCM regarding
any exchange-traded futures contract
and options on a futures contract based
on a financial or nonfinancial
commodity. The final rule also deletes
the restriction that a bank holding
company not act as an FCM on any
exchange unless the rules of the
exchange have been reviewed by the
Board. All U.S. commodities exchanges
'‘ J.P. Morgan & C om pany Inc., 76 Federal Reserve
Bulletin 26, 28 (1990)

are supervised by the CFTC and a
review by the Federal Reserve System of
the rules of an exchange, w hether
domestic or foreign, w ould not be the
most effective m ethod for addressing the
safety of conducting FCM activities on
the exchange. A more effective m ethod
for addressing the risks of FCM
activities—w hether on domestic or
foreign exchanges—is through the on­
site inspection and supervision of the
risk management systems of the bank
holding company. Accordingly, the
Board w ould use the supervisory
process, w hich includes regular
inspections of the holding company and
its affiliates, to address concerns about
the effectiveness of the holding
com pany’s risk m anagem ent systems.
The final rule removes several other
requirements, including that the FCM
subsidiary:
* Time stam p all orders and execute
them in chronological order;
* Not trade for its ow n account;
* Not extend margin credit to
customers; and
* M aintain adequate capital.
The CFTC has not found it necessary
to prohibit FCMs from trading for their
own account, and removal of that
restriction from the Board’s regulation
allows an FCM affiliated w ith a bank
holding com pany to compete on the
same basis as an FCM not affiliated w ith
a holding company. Experience has not
indicated that the affiliation of an FCM
w ith a bank holding com pany itself
increases the risks or conflicts that
could arise from the com bination of
FCM and proprietary trading activities.
Conduct in the other areas listed above
is addressed in rules of the CFTC or the
relevant self-regulatory organizations,
w hich are applicable to any FCM.
Like the initial proposal, the final rule
retains the requirements of the current
regulation that a bank holding company
conduct its FCM activities through a
separately incorporated subsidiary [i.e.,
not through the parent bank holding
company). The proposal retained the
requirem ent of the current regulation
that the subsidiary not become a
member of an exchange that requires the
parent bank holding company also to
become a member of the exchange. The
purpose of this restriction was to lim it
the bank holding com pany’s exposure to
contingent obligations u nder the loss
sharing rules of exchange
clearinghouses in order to preserve the
holding com pany’s ability to serve as a
source of strength to its subsidiary
insured depository institutions. The
Board invited comment, however, on
w hether this restriction was appropriate
and on w hether the Board’s concern
could be addressed more effectively by

9309

an alternative restriction, such as a
requirem ent that the parent bank
holding company not provide a
guarantee of non-proprietary trades
conducted by an FCM subsidiary.
Most commenters that discussed FCM
activities supported the alternative
restriction as sufficient to address a
bank holding com pany’s potential
exposure to contingent obligations
under loss sharing rules of
clearinghouses and to establish clear
parameters for a bank holding
com pany’s involvement on an exchange
or clearing association. Four
commenters suggested that bank
holding companies be given the option
of choosing w hich restriction is more
suitable to business conducted on a
particular exchange. If a choice m ust be
made between a prohibition against
membership or against a guarantee of
non-proprietary trades, these
commenters generally preferred the
latter, noting that holding company
m embership is a prerequisite on a
num ber of exchanges for receiving
reductions in fees or other benefits.
Based on its experience and a review
of the comments, the Board has
determined that an alternative
restriction that prohibits the parent bank
holding company from guaranteeing or
otherwise becoming liable for n o n ­
proprietary trades conducted by or
through its FCM subsidiary more
effectively addresses the Board’s
concern about a parent bank holding
com pany’s exposure to an exchange’s or
clearinghouse’s loss sharing rules than
the current provision limiting the
holding com pany’s membership on an
exchange. This alternative restriction
effectively protects the parent bank
holding company from potential
exposure from customer trades and
open-ended contingent liability under
loss sharing rules w hile recognizing that
most exchanges require a parent to
guarantee proprietary trades.
Accordingly, the final rule revises the
regulation to prohibit the parent bank
holding company from guaranteeing or
otherwise becoming liable to an
exchange or clearinghouse for trades
other than those conducted by the
subsidiary for its own account or for the
account of an affiliate. The final rule
eliminates the existing prohibition on
an FCM subsidiary becoming a member
of an exchange that requires the parent
bank holding company also to become
a member.
Other commenters requested
confirmation that an FCM subsidiary
may, as an incidental activity, provide
various futures-related financing to
customers, such as financing to cover
margin obligations. Lending is a

9310

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

perm issible activity for bank holding
com panies, and the final rule w ould not
prohibit perm issible lending activities
in com bination w ith FCM activities.
This perm its an FCM ow ned by a bank
holding com pany to compete on the
same terms w ith an FCM that is not
affiliated w ith a bank holding company.
The Board notes, however, that some
exchanges prohibit FCMs from
providing margin financing, and CFTC
rules require full capitalization for any
extensions of credit to customers. An
FCM controlled by a bank holding
com pany m ust continue to abide by the
rules of the CFTC and any exchange on
w hich the FCM is a member or trades.
Several com menters requested
clarification that the authority for an
FCM subsidiary to become a m em ber of
an exchange included authority to open
an office in the country were the
exchange is located. In addition, several
com menters requested clarification that
the expanded FCM activities perm itted
under Regulation Y also w ould be
perm itted under the Board’s Regulation
K.
Regulation Y currently provides, and
the final rule continues to provide, that
a nonbanking company perm itted under
section 4(c)(8) of the BHC Act to engage
in a nonbanking activity may open
offices outside the United States to
conduct that same activity unless the
bank holding com pany has not received
approval to conduct the activity outside
the United States. A bank holding
company that currently has authority to
engage in FCM activities on a
geographically lim ited basis may, if it
qualifies for the stream lined procedures,
conduct these activities de novo outside
the U.S. through direct offices of its
4(c)(8) affiliate w ithout further approval.
The scope of FCM and other activities
that fall under Regulation K w ill be
considered by the Board in connection
w ith its review of Regulation K.

exposure to traders that execute trades
them selves or through third parties. In
particular, these restrictions prevent a
bank holding com pany from clearing
trades executed by exchange locals or
m arket makers. In 1991, the Board
rejected a proposal by a bank holding
com pany to engage in clearing trades for
exchange locals and market makers
because of concerns about the inability
of the bank holding company to monitor
and control its credit exposures during
the trading day. The Board found that
the activity was closely related to
banking, but believed that the potential
adverse effects of conducting the
activity outweighed the potential public
benefits.10
The Board sought comment on
w hether these two restrictions on the
conduct of clearing-only activities by
bank holding com panies should be
retained. The Board also invited
com m ent on w hether and how bank
holding companies are able to monitor
and lim it adequately the potential
exposure from conducting these
activities.
Commenters w ho discussed FCM
activities strongly supported the
removal of these two restrictions on
clearing-only activities in favor of the
Board relying on on-site examination
and supervision of a clearing
subsidiary’s risk management systems
for m onitoring and managing its credit
exposures. Commenters m aintained that
the Board’s restrictions are not
necessary in light of the risk
m anagem ent tools currently available to
clearing firms. They contended that
clearing firms can effectively monitor
and lim it their potential credit
exposures through various risk
management procedures, including:
establishm ent of trading limits for each
customer; adjustm ent of such limits
based on market conditions and ongoing
credit evaluations; monitoring of
customer market risk, trading exposure
ii. Clearing-Only Activities
and compliance w ith trading limits;
The Board has by order perm itted
assessment and collection of initial and
bank holding com panies to clear trades
m aintenance performance bond or
that the FCM has not executed itself,
margin; and paym ent of gains and
and the final rule incorporates this
collection of losses associated w ith open
activity in the laundry list. The proposal positions through a mark-to-market
retained two restrictions currently
process on both an intra-day and endim posed by Board order. These
of-day basis.
restrictions: (1) Prohibit the clearing
Commenters explained that all
subsidiary from serving as the primary
exchanges provide clearing members
or qualifying clearing firm for a
w ith com plete information regarding
customer; and (2) require the clearing
trades cleared through that m em ber’s
subsidiary to have a contractual right to
account at the end of the trading day,
decline to clear any trade that the
w hich thereby limits a clearing FCM’s
subsidiary believes poses unacceptable
exposure to a client to the trading
risks (a so-called “give-up” agreement).
transactions on that day. Commenters
The Board adopted these restrictions
to ensure that the clearing subsidiary of
10 Stichting Prioriteit A B N AMRO Holding, 77
Federal Reserve Bulletin 189 (1991).
a bank holding com pany could limit its

noted that technological improvements
have enabled a growing num ber of
exchanges to develop systems that
collect and report intra-day trade
m atching information. Commenters also
noted that, in m any markets, a clearing
firm can, pursuant to exchange rules or
contractual arrangements, advise an
executing broker that it w ill not accept
further trades of that customer. In
agreements w ith customers, clearing
brokers also typically reserve the right
to liquidate a custom er’s position if the
required margin is not posted promptly.
Commenters added that potential
exposure is further mitigated by various
exchange rules relating to position
limits, and large trading position
reporting. In addition, commenters
contended that oversight by the CFTC or
the SEC, w hich includes capital,
reporting, performance bond and
margin, and recordkeeping
requirem ents, assists in monitoring the
management of risks associated w ith
acting as a primary clearing firm,
including clearing trades executed by
exchange locals and market makers.
In light of these comments, the final
rule deletes the proposal’s restrictions
relating to primary clearing or
qualifying firm activities and customer
“give-up” agreements.11 Examiners w ill
assess and supervise FCM policies,
procedures and practices relating to
clearing-only activities, taking into
consideration the nature of the FCM’s
clients, the particular exchanges
through w ith the subsidiary provides
clearing services, and the related risks
involved. It is expected that the Board
w ould develop supervisory guidance on
management of risks involved in
clearing-only activities.
e. Other Transactional Services
The proposal added a provision
allowing a bank holding company to
provide transactional services for
customers involving any derivative or
foreign exchange transaction that a bank
holding company is perm itted to
conduct for its own account.
Commenters supported the inclusion of
these activities on the regulatory
laundry list. Inclusion of this activity is
not intended to lim it the securities
brokerage, FCM, private placement or
riskless principal activities perm itted
u nd er the final rule.
11 A com m enter requested that the Board clarify
in the regulation that the securities brokerage
activity perm itted in Regulation Y encompasses
clearing apart from executing trades in securities.
Both the current and final rule perm it securities
brokerage activities broadly, including executingw ithout-clearing and clearing-without-executing
trades in securities. The final rule specifies this.

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
Several commenters suggested that •
the scope of this provision be expanded
to include acting as a broker w ith
respect to forward contracts based on
financial and nonfinancial com modities,
regardless of w hether the bank holding
com pany could invest in or trade such
instrum ent as principal. The
com m enters contended that providing
brokerage services, as agent, to
custom ers w ith respect to forward
contracts on either financial or
nonfinancial com m odities should not be
dependent on w hether the bank holding
com pany may take a principal position
in the contract. In view of these
comments, the final rule clarifies that a
bank holding com pany may act as a
broker w ith respect to forward contracts
based on a financial or nonfinancial
com m odity that also serves as the basis
for an exchange-traded futures contract.
This perm its a bank holding company to
act as agent in a forward contract that
involves the same com m odities and
assessm ent of risk that underlay the
perm issible FCM activities of bank
holding companies w ithout extending
this authority to forward contracts for
the delayed sale of commercial products
(such as automobiles, consum er
products, etc.) or real estate.
Several commenters requested that
acting as a commodity pool operator
(“CPO”), including acting as the general
partner of a partnership that invests in
commodities as well as futures and
options on financial and nonfinancial
commodities, be added to the list of
permissible activities. The commenters
noted that the Board recently perm itted
by order a bank holding company to act
as a CPO, subject to a num ber of
lim itations.’2 Although some proposals
to act as a CPO may involve a
com bination of perm issible activities,
certain proposals raise supervisory
issues and open-end pool structures
may raise Glass-Steagall Act issues. In
addition, some proposals raise questions
about the proper treatm ent of the CPO’s
interest in the com m odity pool for
capital adequacy purposes.13 These
issues can be evaluated more effectively
on a case-by-case basis through the
application review process.
Accordingly, the Board has determ ined
12 See The Bessem er Group, Incorporated, 82
Federal Reserve Bulletin 569 (1996).
13For example, the lim itations in the case cited
above included a requirem ent to consolidate, for
regulatory capital purposes, the assets and
liabilities of subsidiary partnerships for w hich a
wholly ow ned subsidiary of the bank holding
com pany w ould serve as a general partner. The
subsidiary partnerships were to em ploy leverage
(including margin debt and short sales) in making
investments.

9311

8. Investment or Trading Transactions
as Principal
The final rule, as the proposal,
incorporates decisions by the Board that
perm it bank holding companies broadly
to invest as principal in derivatives on
financial and nonfinancial commodities.
The proposal w ould allow a bank
holding company to invest or trade as
principal in a derivative contract on a
financial or nonfinancial comm odity or
index of commodities, so long as any
one of three conditions is met:
* The underlying asset is a
permissible investm ent for state member
banks;
* The derivative contract requires
cash settlement; or
* The derivative contract allows for
assignment, term ination or offset prior
to expiration and the bank holding
company makes every reasonable effort
to avoid delivery.
Some commenters were concerned
that the proposal as w orded w ould not
include trading as principal in
derivatives based on or linked to bank
ineligible securities, such as certain
equity index swaps or equity index
futures contracts, an activity that the
Board has approved by order. The final
rule clarifies that a bank holding
com pany may trade as principal a
derivatives contract on an index of rates,
prices or the value of any financial or
nonfinancial asset or group of assets, so
long as the contract requires cash
settlement. This does not include acting
as a dealer in options based on indexes
of bank-ineligible securities w hen the
options are traded on securities
exchanges. These options are securities
for purposes of federal securities laws
and are bank-ineligible securities for
purposes of the Glass-Steagall Act.14
Similarly, activities authorized by this
rule do not include acting as a dealer in
any other instrum ents that are bankineligible securities for purposes of
section 20. Thus, dealing in securities,
including acting as a market-maker,
specialist or registered options trader on
an exchange, would be governed by the
Board’s orders regarding bank-ineligible
securities underw riting and dealing
activities. Under the final rule, the three
alternative conditions w ould not apply
to derivative contracts based on an
index, but would apply to all other
derivative contracts.
Several commenters suggested that an
additional alternative be added that
perm its trading as principal in a

derivative contract that involves an
asset that is a perm issible investm ent for
a national bank or for a bank holding
company. The final rule adopts a
provision that would include any other
instrum ents approved by the Board.
In addition, some commenters
requested clarification that the
alternative conditions apply only to a
bank holding com pany’s trading
activities and not to investm ents for the
com pany’s ow n account. Other
commenters m aintained that trading for
a bank holding com pany’s own account
should not be viewed as a nonbanking
activity subject to section 4(c)(8) but as
a servicing activity u n der section
4(c)(1)(C) of the BHC Act.
Bank holding companies have
increasingly proposed to acquire
companies engaged in, or to engage
through an existing subsidiary in,
derivatives trading and investm ent
activities that w ould be beyond the
scope of investm ent or trading activities
encom passed w ithin the bank servicing
exem ption.15 The addition of
proprietary trading activities to the
regulation clarifies the perm issibility of
this activity as a separate business
activity.
The final rule, as the proposal, also
includes authority that the Board has
previously granted by order permitting
bank holding companies to buy, sell and
store gold, silver, platinum and
palladium bullion, coins, bars and
rounds. To enable the regulation to
remain current with relevant regulatory
pronouncem ents regarding the
permissible activities of banks, several
commenters suggested that the proposed
list of metals be expanded to include
copper (recently perm itted for national
banks) and any other permissible
investments for national banks or bank
holding companies. In view of these
comments, the final rule adds copper
and includes any other metal approved
by the Board.
Some commenters requested that the
Board add to the regulatory laundry list
underw riting and dealing to a limited
extent in certain m unicipal revenue
bonds, one-to-four family mortgagerelated securities, consum er receivable
securities, and commercial paper
because the Board, by order, has
perm itted these activities. Several
com menters also urged the Board to add
accepting delivery of com modities to
the list of activities because national
banks may take delivery of physical
com modities by w arehouse receipt or
“pass-through delivery” to another
party w hen hedging financial exposures

14
See Swiss B ank Corporation, 82 Federal
Reserve Bulletin 685 n. 8 (1996).

15 E.g., Sw iss B ank Corporation, 81 Federal
Reserve Bulletin 185 (1995).

not to add acting as a CPO as a separate
activity on the laundry list at this time.

9312

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

arising from otherwise permissible
activities. The final rule does not
expand the laundry list to include these
activities because these activities raise
issues involving risk management
policies and procedures that are more
appropriately addressed through the
application review process.
In this regard, the Board believes that,
at this time, all proposals to engage de
novo or to make an initial acquisition of
a com pany engaged in corporate debt
an d/or equity securities underw riting
and dealing activities should be
review ed under the normal procedures,
an d not under the streamlined
procedures. This w ill allow the System
to conduct a review of the riskm anagem ent systems of the bank
holding com pany in connection w ith
the initial entry of a bank holding
com pany into this activity. Bank
holding companies that have already
received Board approval to engage in
these broad securities activities may
acquire companies engaged in these
activities if the bank holding company
and the proposed acquisition qualify for
the stream lined procedure, unless the
System notifies the company that the
norm al procedure should be used.
9. M anagement Consulting and
Counseling Activities
The current regulation authorizes
bank holding companies to provide
management consulting services on any
m atter to any depository institution or
affiliate of a depository institution. The
rule has been expanded in two respects.
First, bank holding companies may
provide management consulting
services regarding financial, economic,
accounting, or audit matters to any
company. These are Financial activities
th at are directly related to the activities
and expertise of bank holding
com panies. Commenters discussing this
issue agreed that this activity is closely
related to banking for purposes of
section 4(c)(8) of the BHC Act.
Second, for the reasons explained
above, the final rule perm its a bank
holding company to derive up to 30
percent of its management consulting
revenue from management consulting
services provided to any customer on
any matter. As noted above, commenters
discussing this activity strongly
supported this provision as necessary to
perm it bank holding com panies to
attract and retain the most qualified
personnel, and to compete effectively
against unregulated com panies that offer
a broad array of management consulting
services to customers of bank holding
com panies. For the reasons explained
above, the Board has determ ined not to
raise the 30 percent limit on this basket

of perm itted incidental activities at this
time, and w ill m onitor the scope and
nature of these activities.
Two restrictions have been retained
governing interlocks w ith and
investm ents in client companies. While
several commenters argued for removal
of these restrictions, the Board
continues to believe that these lim its are
necessary in the context of management
consulting arrangements in order to
ensure that a bank holding com pany
does not exercise control over a client
com pany through a management
consulting contract and to prevent
conflicts of interest. These restrictions
do not lim it the ability of a bank holding
com pany to provide m anagem ent
consulting services to an affiliate, w hich
is a servicing activity perm itted u nder
section 4(c)(1)(C) of the BHC Act.
10. Support Services
This category includes courier
services (other than armored car
services) and printing checks and
related documents. Both services are
included in the laundry list as they were
authorized by the Board, w ithout
change.
11. Insurance Agency and U nderwriting
Activities
The insurance provisions reflect the
detailed restrictions on insurance
activities of bank holding companies
specified in the BHC Act. The current
regulation has not been changed.
Several commenters urged the Board to
take a variety of steps to authorize
broader insurance activities. The Board
w ill continue to consider these
suggestions in light of the specific terms
of the BHC Act.
12. Community Development Activities
The current regulation permits bank
holding com panies to make equity and
debt investments in corporations and
projects designed prim arily to promote
com m unity welfare. The Board has
adopted its proposal clarifying that this
activity includes providing advisory and
related services to com m unity
developm ent programs. The Board has
perm itted these advisory services by
order.
13. Money Orders, Savings Bonds and
Traveler’s Checks
The current regulation limits the sale
and issuance of money orders and
sim ilar consum er paym ent instrum ents
to instrum ents w ith a face value of less
than $1,000. The Board has by order
authorized this activity for paym ent
instrum ents of any face amount.
Accordingly, the limitation on the face

am ount of these instrum ents has been
removed.
14. Data Processing Activities
The current regulation broadly
authorizes bank holding companies to
provide data processing and data
transm ission services by any
technological means so long as the data
processed or furnished are financial,
banking, or economic. The final rule
clarifies that a bank holding company
may render advice to anyone on
processing and transmitting banking,
financial and economic data.
The following two restrictions on
permissible data processing activities
have been deleted:
* All data processing services must
be provided pursuant to a w ritten
agreement w ith the third party that
describes and limits the services; and
* Data processing facilities m ust be
designed, marketed and operated for
processing and transmitting financial,
banking, or economic data.
As explained above, the data
processing activity has also been revised
to permit bank holding com panies to
derive up to 30 percent of their data
processing revenues from processing
and transm itting data that are not
financial, banking, or economic. As
explained above, most commenters
addressing this activity strongly
supported all of these changes and, in
particular, the proposal to perm it the
conduct of some nonfinancial data
processing activities as an incident to
financial data processing activities.
D. Changes to Tying Restrictions
The Board has adopted significant
am endm ents to its rules regarding tying
arrangements. The am endm ents remove
Board-imposed tying restrictions on
bank holding companies and their
nonbank subsidiaries; create exceptions
from the statutory restriction on bank
tying arrangements to allow banks
greater flexibility to package products
w ith their affiliates; and establish a safe
harbor from the tying restrictions for
certain foreign transactions. These
am endm ents are designed to enhance
com petition in banking and nonbanking
products and allow banks and their
affiliates to provide more efficient and
lower-cost service to customers.
Section 106 of the BHC Act
Am endm ents of 1970 contains five
restrictions intended to prohibit anti­
competitive behavior by banks: Two
prohibit tying arrangements; two
prohibit reciprocity arrangements; and
one prohibits exclusive dealing
arrangem ents.16 The tying restrictions,
16 12 U.S.C. §1972.

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
w hich have the greatest effect on
,
industry practices, prohibit a bank from
restricting the availability or varying the
consideration for one product or service
(the “tying p ro duct”) on the condition
that a custom er purchase another
product or service offered by the bank
or by any of its affiliates (the “tied
produ ct”). A lthough section 106 applies
only w hen a bank offers the tying
product, the Board in 1971 extended
these special restrictions to bank
holding com panies and their nonbank
subsidiaries.17
Section 106 was adopted in 1970
w hen Congress expanded the authority
of the Board to approve proposals by
bank holding com panies to engage in
nonbanking activities. Section 106 was
based on congressional concern that
bank s’ unique role in the economy, in
particular their pow er to extend credit,
w ould allow them to create a
com petitive advantage for their affiliates
in the new, nonbanking markets that
they were being allowed to enter.18
Congress therefore im posed special
lim itations on tying by banks—
restrictions beyond those im posed by
the antitrust laws. Section 106 is a
broader prohibition, unlike the antitrust
laws, a plaintiff in action under section
106 need not show that: (1) the seller
has m arket pow er in the market for the
tying product; (2) the tying arrangement
has had an anti-competitive effect in the
m arket for the tied product; or (3) the
tying arrangement has had a substantial
effect on interstate commerce.
The Board has authority to grant
exceptions to section 106 and, in the
past few years, has used its exemptive
authority to allow banking organizations
to package their products w hen doing so
w ould benefit the organization and its
customers w ithout anti-competitive
effects. For example, the Board has
allowed arrangements that included
discounts on brokerage services and
other products based on a custom er’s
relationship w ith the bank or bank
holding company. The final rule w ould
b uild on this recent history by
perm itting broader categories of
packaging arrangements that also do not
raise the concerns that section 106 was
intended to address.
1. Rescind the Board’s Regulatory
Extension of the Statute
As noted above, the Board has by
regulation extended the restrictions of
section 106 to bank holding companies
and their nonbank subsidiaries as if they
w ere banks. This extension was adopted
17 36 FR 10777 (June 3,1971).
18 See S. Rep. No. 1084, 91st Cong., 2d Sess.
(1970).

at the same tim e that the Board
approved by regulation the first laundry
list of nonbanking activities under
section 4(c)(8) of the BHC Act,
apparently as a prophylactic measure
addressed at potential anti-com petitive
practices by companies engaging in
nonbanking activities.19
As noted in the pream ble to the
proposed rule, the Board has gained
extensive experience w ith bank holding
com panies, their nonbank affiliates, and
the markets in w hich they operate.
Based on this experience, the Board has
concluded that these nonbank
com panies do not possess the market
power over credit or other unique
com petitive advantages that Congress
assumed th at banks enjoyed in 1970.
Accordingly, the Board has decided that
applying the special bank anti-tying
rules to such companies is no longer
justified. A ny com petitive problems that
might arise w ould be isolated cases,
better addressed not through a special
blanket prohibition but rather through
the same general antitrust laws that bind
the non-bank-affiliated com petitors of
these entities.
Commenters discussing the tying
proposal overwhelm ingly supported the
Board’s proposal to rescind its
regulatory extension of the anti-tying
rules to nonbanks. Commenters noted
that, in rescinding its rule, the Board
w ould not be granting an “exception” to
section 106, w hich never envisioned
that nonbank affiliates w ould be
covered by the special anti-tying rules
applicable to banks, but rather returning
the coverage of the statute to that
intended by Congress. Commenters
argued that the proposed rescission
would benefit banking organizations
and the public by perm itting bank
holding companies and their nonbank
subsidiaries to package products and
services more flexibly—particularly in
packages w ith products and services of
bank affiliates—thereby enabling the
provision of more efficient and lowercost products and services to their
business and retail customers.
Commenters also generally agreed
that removal of these special restrictions
on bank holding com panies and their
nonbank subsidiaries w ould elim inate a
19 In recent years, the Board has enacted limited
relief from the anti-tying restrictions on nonbanks
within bank holding com pany structures. For
example, the Board has perm itted a nonbanking
subsidiary to offer discounts on products and
services based on the custom er’s obtaining some
other product or service from that subsidiary or
another nonbank affiliate. 12 CFR 225.7(b)(3).
However, even w ith this relief, tying between a
bank holding com pany or its nonbank subsidiary
and an affiliated bank has rem ained restricted, as
has any tying arrangem ent not limited to the
offering of a discount.

9313

competitive disadvantage by allowing
them the same freedom to package
products that their non-bank-affiliated
competitors currently enjoy. Some of
these com menters noted that the
Sherm an Act w ould continue to
prohibit bank holding companies and
their subsidiaries from engaging in any
tying arrangement that had an anti­
competitive effect.
Only two commenters opposed the
Board’s proposal to rescind the
regulatory extension of bank anti-tying
rules to nonbank affiliates.20 One
commenter, a law firm representing a
nonbanking corporation, opposed the
Board’s proposal to free nonbank
affiliates from the special tying rules
applicable to banks, as well as the other
proposed changes to the anti-tying
regulation. This commenter stated that
the proposed changes should not be
adopted w ithout a com prehensive study
of their potential ramifications. The
com menter also m aintained that the
Board’s regulatory extension of the antitying rules to nonbank affiliates is
consistent w ith the legislative history of
section 106, w hich evinced concern
over possible unfair business practices
of nonbank affiliates as well as banks
themselves. In addition, the commenter
questioned w hether the general antitrust
laws and the nature of the com petition
faced by banking organizations w ould
be adequate to prevent unfair or anti­
competitive practices, and w hether the
proposal w ould produce efficiency,
lower costs, and fair com petition
between banking and nonbanking
organizations.21
A nother law firm, representing a
group of insurance industry trade
associations, also opposed the Board’s
proposal to remove the special antitying rules applicable to nonbank
20 In addition, a com m unity group generally
opposed the Board’s proposed changes to the tying
rules on the basis of concerns about relationships
between banks and their consum er finance
company affiliates. These concerns focused on fair
lending and equal credit opportunity, appropriate
disclosure of referral fees and other matters, and
com pliance w ith various consum er lending statutes
and regulations. The Board does not believe, and
this com m enter has provided no basis for
concluding, that the anti-tying statute or regulations
are intended to address or have the effect of
addressing these concerns. Moreover, these
concerns are already addressed by separate statutes
and regulations, including the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act,
and Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974.
21 With respect to fair com petition between
banking and nonbanking organizations, the
commenter asserted that banking organizations
have an inherent competitive advantage from being
able to conduct the business of banking. This
commenter also noted the increasing concentration
of resources w ithin the banking industry itself, and
indicated that the existing anti-tying rules may have
contributed to the competitive vitality of the
markets in w hich nonbank affiliates operate.

9314

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

affiliates. This com m enter m aintained
that the bank anti-tying rules should
continue to apply to nonbank affiliates
because these affiliates may appear to
the public to be indistinguishable from
the banks them selves and because the
same public policy concern regarding
ban ks’ pow er over credit warrants the
extension of the prophylactic rule for
banks to entities having an affiliate
relationship w ith banks.22
The Board does not believe that these
concerns warrant retention of special
anti-tying rules for nonbank affiliates of
banks. In particular, the Board’s
experience as regulator and supervisor
of banks, bank holding com panies, and
their subsidiaries provides an adequate
basis for judgments about the
com petitive nature of markets in w hich
banking organizations operate.
Commenters have not provided
evidence to the contrary or proposed
specific subjects for further study.
Moreover, commenters opposing the
proposal have produced no evidence
that the antitrust rules and the nature of
the nonbanking markets in w hich bank
affiliates operate w ould not be sufficient
to prevent unfair or anti-com petitive
practices, or that the proposed
liberalization of the Board’s tying rules
w ould not yield efficiencies and
corresponding lower costs for
customers. The Board does not believe,
and comm enters have provided no basis
for concluding, that affiliation w ith a
bank creates a com petitive advantage
w arranting the application of special
bank anti-tying rules to nonbank
affiliates.23 Finally, w hile the legislative
22 T his com m enter also advanced several
argum ents for not rescinding these rules w ith
respect to packaged offerings that include insurance
products, specifically: (1) That such packaging
arrangements m ay violate state insurance law s that
prohibit insurance agents from offering rebates on
the sale of insurance products; and (2) that
perm itting insurance prem ium paym ents as part of
a discount package may sim ilarly violate state anti­
rebate and insurance advertising laws, and could
result in custom er confusion and a conflict w ith the
Interagency Statement on Retail Sales of
N ondeposit Investment Products. The com m enter
also argued that the proposal could enable banks to
coerce customers to purchase insurance in order to
obtain a loan, and that perm itting a com bination of
insured deposit and uninsured investm ent products
in a single package could obscure the differences
between these products and produce confusion
among customers of banking organizations.
23The Board also notes that these com m enters
have not provided any reason to conclude that an
increased concentration of resources in the banking
industry itself warrants an extension of anti-tying
rules to the nonbanking markets in w hich bank
affiliates operate.
O ther m atters raised by com m enters also provide
no basis for extending the special bank anti-tying
rules to nonbank affiliates. The Board does not
believe that the rescission of this extension or other
aspects of the proposed rule would preem pt state
laws regarding insurance or other matters.
Furtherm ore, concerns about possible customer

history of section 106 may evince
concern w ith the competitive practices
of banks and their affiliates, the statute
itself clearly applies only to tying by
banks themselves.
For the foregoing reasons, the Board is
rescinding its extension of bank antitying rules to bank holding companies
and their nonbank subsidiaries.
2. Retain Limited Prohibition on Tying
Arrangements Involving Electronic
Benefit Transfer Services
In the proposed rule, the Board sought
com m ent on w hether it should retain its
regulatory extension of the statute for
purposes of one type of tying
arrangement. Section 825(a)(3) of the
Personal Responsibility and Work
O pportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996,
signed into law on August 22, 1996,
am ended the Food Stamp Act of 1977 to
prohibit tying the availability of
electronic benefit transfer services to
other point-of-sale services.
Enforcement of the Food Stamp Act is
assigned to the Secretary of
Agriculture.24 Banks, bank holding
companies, and nonbank subsidiaries of
bank holding com panies were exempted
from the statute, apparently because
they were already restricted by section
106 (in the case of banks) and the
Board’s regulation (in the case of bank
holding com panies and their nonbank
subsidiaries). Thus, unless the Board
were to retain a restriction on bank
holding companies and their nonbank
subsidiaries, they w ould be the only
com panies not subject to a special
restriction on tying of electronic benefit
transfer services.
Commenters either supported or
expressly did not object to this lim ited
retention of a special anti-tying rule for
electronic benefit transfer services.
Commenters acknowledged that the
principle of competitive equality
underlying the general rescission of
special anti-tying rules for nonbank
entities dictated retention of the special
rules in this lim ited context.
The Board has decided to retain this
restriction.
3. Treat Inter-affiliate Tying
Arrangements the Same as Intra-bank
A rrangements
Section 106 contains an explicit
exception (the “statutory traditional
confusion are effectively addressed through more
direct m eans such as the Interagency Statement on
Retail Sales of Nondeposit Investment Products.
T he Board also notes that section 106 would
continue to prohibit banks from using their power
over credit to induce customers to purchase
insurance products.
24104 Pub. L. 193, 110 Stat. 2105; 7 U.S.C.
§ 2016(i)(ll).

bank product exception”) that perm its a
bank to tie any product or service to a
loan, discount, deposit, or trust service
offered by that bank.25 For example, a
bank could condition the use of its
messenger service on a custom er’s
maintaining a deposit account at the
bank. Although the statutory traditional
bank product exception appears to have
been effective in preserving traditional
relationships between a custom er and
bank, the exception is lim ited in an
im portant way: it does not extend to
transactions involving products offered
by affiliates.
The Board has adopted a “regulatory
traditional bank product exception” that
generally extends the statutory
exception to transactions involving
affiliates. However, the Board placed
two restrictions on the regulatory
exception. First, the Board required that
both products involved in the tying
arrangement be traditional bank
products. Second, the Board required
that the arrangement consist of
discounting the tying product rather
than restricting its availability.
However, as noted in the preamble to
the proposed rule, Congress decided not
to apply these two restrictions to the
statutory traditional bank product
exception for intra-bank transactions,
and it is difficult to argue that inter­
affiliate transactions pose any greater
risk of anti-competitive behavior than
those intra-bank transactions. Moreover,
Congress has already extended the
statutory traditional bank product
exception to cover inter-affiliate
transactions, w ithout restriction, for
savings associations and their
affiliates.26 For these reasons, the Board
proposed elim inating the above
restrictions so that any tying
arrangement w ithin a banking
organization w ould be perm issible if the
tied product is a loan, discount, deposit,
or trust service.
Commenters discussing this proposal
overwhelmingly supported this aspect
of the proposal, agreeing w ith the Board
that there is no reason to subject inter­
affiliate tying arrangements to
restrictions that are not applicable to
intra-bank arrangements. Three
comm enters raised general objections to
the elim ination of these restrictions.
These objections were sim ilar to those
advanced against the proposed
rescission of the tying rules applicable
to nonbank affiliates. The Board notes
that, because insurance products are not
among the traditional bank products
listed in the statute or the rule, this
aspect of the proposal w ould not
« 1 2 U.S.C. 1972(1)(A).
“ 12 U.S.C. 1464(q)(l)(A).

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
enhance a banking organization’s ability
to leverage possible m arket pow er in
other product markets to engage in anti­
com petitive behavior in insurance
markets.
A substantial num ber of com m enters
urged the Board to adopt an expanded
definition of the “traditional bank
pro ducts” w hich may be tied to other
offerings u n d e r the statutory and
regulatory exceptions. Some of these
com m enters proposed a specific list of
additional products—such as foreign
exchange, interest rate swaps and other
derivative products, and investm ent
advisory services—to be exem pted by
the rule. Other commenters proposed a
more general approach for expanding
this definition: for example, exempting
products authorized as part of the
business of banking u n der relevant
chartering laws. Others urged the Board
to exempt all bu t a lim ited set of tying
arrangements from the statutory
restrictions—for example, by covering
only transactions w here the tying
product is a consum er or small business
loan.27 The Board believes that these
suggestions w arrant serious
consideration, b ut intends to study this
issue and provide notice and seek
com m ent before adopting any changes
not suggested in the proposed rule.
For the foregoing reasons, the Board
has decided to adopt the extension of
the traditional bank product exception
as proposed.
4. Extend the E xpanded Regulatory
“Traditional Bank Product” Exception
to Reciprocity Arrangements
As noted above, section 106 prohibits
not only tying arrangements but also
reciprocity arrangements (conditioning
the availability of or varying the
consideration for one product on the
providing of another by the customer).28
Like the tying prohibition, the
prohibition on reciprocity arrangements
contains an exception intended to
preserve traditional banking
relationships. The exception provides
that a bank may condition the
availability of a product or service on
the custom er’s providing to the bank
some product or service “related to and
usually provided in connection w ith ” a
loan, discount, deposit, or trust
service.29 The Board noted in the
proposed rule that it had received only
one request to extend this exception,
and comm enters confirmed that these
27 Some com m enters also suggested that the Board
issue interpretations to clarify the scope of the
statutory list of four traditional bank products.
2812 U.S.C. 1972(1)(C) and (D).
2912 U.S.C. 1972(1)(C).

types of reciprocity arrangements are
not common in the industry.
Like the statutory traditional bank
product exception to the tying
prohibition, this exception to the
reciprocity prohibition does not apply
to inter-affiliate transactions, and, in the
proposed rule, the Board proposed to
extend the statutory exception for
traditional banking relationships to
cover such inter-affiliate transactions.
For reasons similar to those advanced
w ith respect to the extension of the
statutory exception for tying
arrangements, most commenters
discussing this aspect of the proposal
strongly supported the extension of
perm itted reciprocity arrangements,
w hile a small num ber of commenters
opposed this aspect of the proposal. The
opposing comments did not raise any
objections specific to reciprocity
arrangements.
For the foregoing reasons, and
because the Board does not believe that
inter-affiliate reciprocity arrangements
pose any greater anti-competitive threat
than sim ilar intra-bank arrangements
perm itted by Congress, the Board is
adopting substantially as proposed the
extension of the statutory exception for
certain reciprocity arrangements. The
Board has decided to make technical
changes to the proposed exception to
make clear that the regulatory exception
is co-extensive w ith the statutory
exception.
5. Coverage of Foreign Transactions
Under Section 106
In response to a request that the Board
clarify w hether section 106 restricts
foreign transactions, the Board sought
comm ent on w hether it should establish
a “safe harbor” w ith respect to some set
of foreign transactions. In particular, the
Board sought com ment on w hether the
safe harbor should define “foreign
transactions” according to the location
of the customer, the location of the
market where any potential anti­
competitive effects w ould occur, or
some other factor.
Federal legislation is presum ed to
apply only w ithin the territorial
jurisdiction of the United States, unless
the legislation clearly expresses a
contrary intent on the part of Congress.
No such intent is evident in section
106.30 However, determ ining w hether a
series of transactions has sufficient
connection to the United States to
trigger section 106 can be a difficult
process. The proposed safe harbor was
intended to provide certainty with
respect to a defined set of transactions.
30 See Gushi Bros. Co. v. B ank o f Guam, 28 F.3d
1535,1542-43 (9th Cir. 1994).

9315

Thus, the proposed safe harbor was not
intended to be an interpretation of
section 106, as some transactions
outside the safe harbor may not be
covered by the statute.
Commenters addressing this issue
overwhelmingly supported the creation
of a safe harbor. Commenters argued
that a safe harbor w ould provide needed
certainty to banking organizations
operating abroad and perm it these
organizations to compete w ith foreign
firms. One comm enter noted that U.S.
banks sometimes cannot participate in
lending syndicates dom inated by
foreign banks because the loan
agreement contains conditions that
w ould violate section 106. Furthermore,
in some countries it is customary for a
financial advisor or credit provider to
link services in formulating proposals
and a U.S. bank’s inability to do so
places it at a competitive disadvantage.
In terms of how the safe harbor w ould
be defined, commenters strongly urged
that the locus of the custom er be
determinative. Commenters uniformly
rejected any test based on the locus of
any anti-competitive effects, on two
grounds. First, such a test assumes that
there w ill be anti-competitive effects
from the tying arrangements, w hich is
by definition true in the case of a
Sherman Act violation but not
necessarily true in the case of a
violation of the per se prohibition on
tying in section 106. Second,
determ ining where a transaction has its
effect can be a difficult process yielding
no clear answer, and the test would
therefore leave substantial uncertainty
in terms of compliance.
Some commenters also urged the
Board to exempt transactions to finance
projects located outside the United
States and transactions w ith foreign
branches of U.S. companies.
A small num ber of commenters
objected generally to this proposed
change to the tying rules w ithout
providing any specific reason w hy a safe
harbor for foreign transactions should
not be adopted. One commenter
m aintained that a safe harbor was not
necessary because relevant case law had
provided sufficient clarity and certainty
w ith respect to this question.
For the reasons advanced by
commenters, the Board is adopting a
“safe harbor” from the anti-tying rules
for transactions w ith corporate
customers that are incorporated or
otherwise organized, and have their
principal place of business, outside the
United States, or w ith individuals who
are citizens of a foreign country and are
not resident in the United States.
However, the safe harbor would not
protect tying arrangements where the

9316

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

custom er is a U.S.-incorporated division
of a foreign company. Furtherm ore, the
safe harbor w ould not shelter a
transaction from other antitrust laws if
they were otherwise applicable.
The Board agrees w ith commenters
that some transactions with U.S.
persons may be so foreign in nature,
because of the location of either the
project that is the subject of the
transaction or the custom er’s office that
is entering into the transaction, that they
do not raise the competitive concerns
that section 106 or the antitrust laws
w ere designed to address. The Board
also believes, however, that m any such
foreign-based transactions do have
com petitive im plications in the United
States—for example, w here a U.S.
corporation seeks financing for a project
abroad, and the bank seeks to tie this
financing to an affiliate’s U.S. securities
underw riting services—and the Board
does not believe that commenters have
provided an adequate and clear basis for
excluding such transactions from any
“ safe harbor” for foreign transactions
w ith U.S. persons.
6. Technical Changes
The Board also is adopting a
definition of “bank” for purposes of the
anti-tying rules to clarify that any
exem ptions afforded to banks generally
also w ould be applicable to credit card
and other lim ited purpose institutions
and to United States branches and
agencies of foreign banks.31
E. Other Changes
1. Filings U nder the Change in Bank
Control Act
The final rule, as the proposal,
reorganizes, clarifies, and simplifies the
portion of Regulation Y that im plem ents
the Change in Bank Control Act (“CIBC
A ct”). The final rule attem pts to
harm onize the scope and procedural
requirem ents of the Board’s regulation
im plem enting the CIBC Act w ith those
of the other federal banking agencies
an d to reduce any unnecessary
regulatory burden.
In particular, the final rule reduces
regulatory burden by reducing from two
to one the num ber of times a person
m ust receive perm ission under the CIBC
Act to acquire shares of the same state
member bank or bank holding company.
Specifically, the final rule eliminates
the current requirem ent that all persons
31 O ne com m enter urged that the safe harbor for
combined-balance discounts be clarified by
specifying that products offered by an affiliate of
the bank may be included as eligible products. The
Board notes that the proposed and final rule refer
to “ products specified by the bank” , and do not
contain any lim itation w ith respect to the entity
offering the product.

w ho have received authorization to
control in excess of 10 percent, but less
than 25 percent, of the voting shares of
a member bank or bank holding
com pany file a second notice before
acquiring control of 25 percent or more
of the voting shares of the institution.
The Board has determ ined that this
new rule will apply to any person who
currently controls 10 percent (but less
th an 25 percent) of the shares of a state
m em ber bank or bank holding com pany
w ith Board approval under the CIBC
Act, unless the approval granted to the
person specifically lim ited the am ount
of shares that the person may control or
the person is otherw ise notified in
writing by the System that additional
approval is required. In future cases in
w hich a person appears to have
sufficient financial resources to acquire
more than 10 percent, but less than 100
percent of the shares of a bank, the
System may limit the approval granted
on a case-by-case basis by requiring
further review of the financial resources
of the person as appropriate.
Commenters that discussed the CIBC
Act proposal supported the proposed
revisions. In particular, these
com menters endorsed the elim ination of
the requirem ent to file a second notice
to the Board upon exceeding 25 percent
ow nership of a member bank or bank
holding company w hen a prior notice to
acquire in excess of 10 percent had been
filed and approved by the Board.
Commenters also supported the
proposal to clarify certain terms used in
the CIBC Act portion of the rule. The
final rule adds definitions of key terms
to clarify the scope of the regulation. In
particular, the final rule defines the
terms acting in concert and im m ediate
fam ily, and includes specific
presum ptions of concerted action, to
clarify the rule and to provide guidance
to acquirors. In addition, the final rule
incorporates current Board practice that
the acquisition of a loan in default that
is secured by voting securities of a state
mem ber bank or bank holding company
is presum ed to be an acquisition of the
underlying securities.
The final rule also reduces regulatory
burden on persons w hose ow nership
percentages increase as the result of an
action outside the control of the person,
such as a redem ption of voting
securities by the issuing bank or a sale
of shares by a third party. In these
situations, the proposal w ould permit
the person affected by the bank or third
party action to file a notice w ithin 90
calendar days after the transaction
occurs, provided that the acquiring
person does not reasonably have
advance knowledge of the triggering
transaction.

In addition, the final rule provides for
more flexible tim ing for new spaper
announcem ents of filings under the
CIBC Act by perm itting notificants to
publish the announcem ent up to 15
calendar days before subm itting the
filing. The new spaper notice
requirem ent also is m odified to
elim inate the requirem ent that the
notice include a statem ent of the
percentage of shares proposed to be
acquired.
Finally, the final rule adds a new
section reflecting the stock loan
reporting requirem ents in section 205 of
the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation Improvem ent Act as
am ended by section 2226 of the
Regulatory Relief Act. Before the
passage of the Regulatory Relief Act, all
financial institutions were required to
file reports docum enting credit
outstanding by the institution and its
affiliates w hen the credit was secured
by 25 percent or more of any class of
voting securities of an insured
depository institution. The Regulatory
Relief Act limits this requirem ent to
credit outstanding by foreign banks and
their affiliates.
One commenter suggested that the
Board require any person participating
in a proxy solicitation to obtain prior
approval under the CIBC Act and urged
broadening the definition of persons
w ho w ould be deem ed to be acting in
concert (and thus required to join in a
CIBC Act filing) to include persons
soliciting proxies. This commenter also
suggested that the institution that is the
target of a proxy solicitation be granted
standing as a party to a CIBC Act filing,
be furnished copies of all filings, and be
perm itted to subm it comments.
The Board has not adopted these
suggestions. The Board has long held,
and a federal court has agreed, that the
CIBC Act is not automatically triggered
by the formation of a group for the
purpose of acquiring proxies for voting
shares and that private parties do not
have legal standing to challenge agency
action under the CIBC Act.32 The final
rule provides for public notice of all
CIBC Act filings (unless imm ediate or
expeditious action is required) and
perm its any private party to submit
comments for Board consideration. This
approach is in keeping w ith the purpose
of the CIBC Act, w hich is to perm it the
federal banking agencies to review
changes in the ow nership of banks and
bank holding companies and is not
intended to be a m echanism for private
32 See Citizen First Bancorp, Inc. v. Harreld, 559
F.Supp. 867 (1982).

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
parties to frustrate contested
acquisitions.
2. Notices of Changes in Directors and
Senior Executive Officers
In addition to the BHC Act and the
CIBC Act, Regulation Y im plem ents
section 914 of the Financial Institutions
Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act
of 1989, w hich requires a state member
bank or bank holding com pany
(together, “regulated in stitu tion s”) to
give prior notice to the System before
changing directors or senior executive
officers u n der certain circumstances.
The final rule has been modified in light
of am endm ents to section 914 enacted
by the Regulatory Relief Act and in
cooperation w ith the staffs of the other
federal financial institutions
supervisory agencies, in an attem pt to
develop uniform procedures for
requiring and reviewing section 914
notices.
As am ended, section 914 no longer
requires prior notice from regulated
institutions chartered for less than two
years or regulated institutions that
underw ent a change in control w ithin
two years. Accordingly, provisions in
the proposed rule relating to these
circumstances as triggering a section
914 notice have been deleted from the
final rule.
Section 914 also was am ended by the
Regulatory Relief Act to perm it the
System to extend the 30-day prior notice
period for an additional period not to
exceed 60 days. The Board expects to
continue to process most section 914
notices w ithin 30 days and the final rule
retains the 30-day prior notice period. In
special circumstances, such as an
incomplete adm inistrative record, the
final rule perm its the System to extend
the prior notice period for an additional
60 days as provided in section 914 after
notifying the regulated institution or
individual filing the notice of the
extension and the reason for not
processing the notice w ithin 30 days.
In all waiver requests, the final rule
continues to require that all information
required to be filed u nder the rule be
provided w ithin the tim e period
specified by the System. The final rule
also adopts the System’s current
practice of granting individuals w ho are
not proposed by m anagement and who
are elected as new directors of regulated
institutions an autom atic waiver of the
30-day prior notice requirem ent in order
to serve immediately as board members.
To qualify for an automatic waiver, the
individual m ust also provide the System
w ith all information required to be filed
under the rule w ithin two business days
after the individ ual’s election. The
System may issue a notice of

disapproval w ithin 30 days after a
waiver request is granted or the election
of an individual serving pursuant to an
automatic waiver.
One com m enter argued that the
automatic waiver procedures should
require an individual to resign as a
director after a notice of disapproval has
been issued by the System. While
disapproval w ould require the
individual to resign as a director, the
final rule does not incorporate the
suggestion because the System has
sufficient enforcement authority under
applicable law to remove a disapproved
director from the board.
The final rule also makes other
changes, such as modifications to the
appeal procedure for a disapproved
notice, that are intended to clarify the
proposed rule.
3. Other Changes
The Board received three comments
requesting that the Board expand its
proposed presum ption exempting
testam entary trusts from the definition
of “ com pany” so as to exempt inter
vivos (or living) trusts. Inter vivos trusts
are trusts that are established by
individuals during their lifetime to
facilitate estate planning. The Board, on
a case-by-case basis, has applied criteria
similar to the criteria proposed in
Regulation Y in determining w hether an
inter vivos trust is a “com pany” for
purposes of the BHC Act. Accordingly,
the final rule has been expanded to
presum e that an inter vivos trust is
exempt from the definition of
“ com pany” if the trust meets the criteria
in the final rule and is not otherwise
found to be a business trust or company.
The final rule also amends the time
lim it in w hich a trust m ust term inate to
reflect that the BHC Act permits certain
trusts to extend for 25 years.
The final rule also reduces from 30 to
15 the num ber of days notice required
before a large stock redem ption by a
bank holding company, permits small
bank holding companies to make stock
redem ptions w ithout prior notice if the
holding com pany meets certain leverage
and capital requirements, and perm its
bank holding companies to take account
of intervening new issues of stock in
com puting w hen a stock redem ption
notice m ust be filed.
In addition, the final rule adopts the
changes enacted in the Regulatory Relief
Act to the period for divesting certain
shares acquired in satisfaction of a debt
previously contracted. These changes
perm it the Board to extend the
divestiture period, under certain
circumstances, to a period of up to 10
years.

9317

Moreover, the final rule deletes the
provisions im plem enting section 2(g)(3)
of the BHC Act, w hich have been
repealed by the Regulatory Relief Act.
The Board has also deleted references in
Regulation Y to lim itations on asset
growth im posed on certain institution
by the Competitive Equality Banking
Act of 1987 (Pub. L. 100-86, 101 Stat
552) because these limitations were
removed by section 2304 of the
Regulatory Relief Act.
Finally, the final rule adopts the
proposed definitions of “class of voting
securities” and “im m ediate family” and
includes several other technical
changes.
Regulatory Flexibility Act
Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility
Act, the Board is required to conduct an
analysis of the effect on small
institutions of the revisions to
Regulation Y. As of September 30, 1996,
the num ber of bank holding com panies
totalled 5,250.33 The following chart
provides a distribution, based on asset
size, for those companies.

Asset size category
(M=million)

Less than $150M ..
$150M-$300M .....
Greater than
$300M ................

Number of
bank hold­
ing compa­
nies

Percent of
bank hold­
ing com­
pany as­
sets

3,874
677

34 5.2
3.2

699

91.6

The com prehensive revision to
Regulation Y is intended to eliminate
unnecessary b urden for all bank holding
companies, including smaller banking
organizations. Included in the revision
are expedited application/notice
procedures w ith m inim al information
requirem ents for well-rated and wellrun bank holding companies. The vast
majority of bank holding companies
w ould qualify to use the stream lined
procedures, and it is estimated that
more than 50 percent of the
applications/notices reviewed by the
Federal Reserve System during 1995
w ould have qualified for the new
stream lined procedures. The revisions
also include a reorganization and
streamlining of the regulatory laundry
list of permissible nonbanking activities,
33 Financial top-tier dom estic bank holding
companies. Excludes m iddle-tier bank holding
companies, and foreign bank holding com panies
that are not required to file a Y -9 report w ith the
Federal Reserve System.
34 Bank holding com panies w ith consolidated
assets of less than $150 m illion are not required to
file financial regulatory reports on a consolidated
basis. Assets for th is group are estimated based on
reports filed by the parent com panies and
subsidiaries.

9318

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

the removal of unnecessary and
outm oded regulatory restrictions, and a
waiver of filing requirem ents for bank
acquisitions th at are in-substance bankto-bank mergers. These changes apply to
all bank holding com panies and w ill be
particularly helpful to small bank
holding companies.
The revisions include a num ber of
other changes applicable to smaller
organizations in particular. These
changes include a special exception for
small bank holding com panies w ith
assets of less th an $300 m illion from the
aggregate size lim it applying to the use
of the expedited application procedures,
an update of the small bank holding
com pany policy statem ent that applies
to bank holding com panies w ith assets
of less than $150 m illion and reduces
burden for qualifying small bank
holding companies, reduction of the
thresholds for qualification for
stream lined formation of new bank
holding com panies, reduction in the
filing requirem ents under the Change in
Bank Control Act, and addition of a new
exception for small bank holding
com panies from the prior approval
requirem ents regarding stock
redem ption proposals. These and the
other changes described above are
explained in more detail in the
Supplem entary Information portion of
this document.
The Board expects that the final rule
will result in a significant reduction in
regulatory filings, in the paperwork
burden and processing time associated
w ith regulatory filings, and in the costs
associated w ith complying w ith the
regulation, thereby improving the ability
of all bank holding companies,
including small organizations, to
conduct business on a more costefficient basis.
Paperwork Reduction Act
In accordance w ith the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Ch.
3506; 5 CFR part 1320 A ppendix A .l),
the Board review ed the rule under the
authority delegated to the Board by the
Office of Management and Budget. The
Federal Reserve may not conduct or
sponsor, and an organization is not
required to respond to, the following
information collections unless it
displays a currently valid OMB control
number. The OMB control num bers are
indicated below.
The collection of information
requirem ents in this regulation are
found in 12 CFR 225.11,12 CFR 225.12,
12 CFR 225.14, 12 CFR 225.17, 12 CFR
225.23,12 CFR 225.24, 12 USC 1817(j)
and 1831(i), 12 CFR 225.73, 12 CFR
225.4, and 12 CFR 225.3(a). This
information is required to evidence

com pliance w ith the requirem ents of the
Bank Holding Company Act, the Change
in Bank Control Act and provisions of
the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. The
respondents are for-profit financial
institutions and other corporations,
including small businesses, and
individuals.
The Board received no com m ents that
specifically addressed burden estimates.
The streamlining of applications to
acquire banks and nonbanking
companies by institutions that meet the
qualifying criteria should result in a
significant reduction in burden for
respondents that file the A pplication for
Prior Approval To Become a Bank
Holding Company, or for a Bank
Holding Company To Acquire an
A dditional Bank or Bank Holding
Company (FR Y-3; OMB No. 7100­
0171). Approxim ately 196 respondents
file the FR Y-3 annually pursuant to
section 3(a)(1) of the Bank Holding
Company Act (Act) and 303 respondents
file annually the FR Y-3 pursuant to
section 3(a)(3) and 3(a)(5) of the Act.
The current burden per response is 48.5
hours and 59.0 hours, respectively, for
a total estimated annual burden of
27,383 hours. U nder the rule, it is
estimated that at least 50 percent of
these respondents, or a total of 249
respondents for both types of
applications, w ould meet the criteria to
qualify for the filing of a stream lined
application. The average num ber of
hours per response for proposed
applications of each type is estimated to
decrease to 2.5 hours. Therefore the
total am ount of annual burden is
estimated to be 14,343.5 hours. Based
on an hourly cost of $50, the annual cost
to the public under the revision is
estimated to be $717,175, w hich
represents an estimated cost reduction
of $651,975 from the estim ated annual
cost to the public of $1,369,150 under
the current rule.
The final rule should result in a
significant reduction in regulatory
burden by elim inating the prior review
and approval requirements for well-run
bank holding com panies to engage de
novo in nonbanking activities that are
permissible by Board regulation;
streamlining the application process to
engage de novo in nonbanking activities
that are permissible only by Board order
and to acquire nonbanking companies;
and permitting bank holding companies
to obtain approval at one tim e to engage
in a preauthorized list of nonbanking
activities. Thus, respondents that file
the A pplication for Prior Approval To
Engage Directly or Indirectly in Certain
Nonbanking Activities (FR Y-4; OMB
No. 7100-0121) w ill experience a
significant reduction in costs.

Approxim ately 362 respondents file the
FR Y -4 annually to meet application
requirem ents, and 114 respondents file
to meet notification requirements. The
current burden per response is 59.0
hours and 1.5 hours, respectively, for a
total estimated annual burden of 21,529
hours. Under the rule it is estimated that
at least 50 percent of these respondents
w ould m eet the criteria to qualify either
for elim ination or for the filing of a
stream lined application, representing
181 applications and 57 notifications.
The average num ber of hours per
response for the required post­
consum m ation notice is 0.5 hours and
for the required stream lined notice is
1.5 hours. Therefore the total am ount of
annual burden is estim ated to be
11.121.5 hours. Based on an hourly cost
of $50, the annual cost to the public
u nd er the revision is estimated to be
$556,075, w hich represents an
estimated cost reduction of $520,375
from the current estimated annual cost
to the public of $1,076,450 under the
current rule.
The elim ination of the requirement
that a person w ho has already received
Board approval under the Change in
Bank Control Act obtain additional
approvals to acquire additional shares of
the same bank or bank holding company
should result in a significant reduction
in burden for respondents that file the
Notice of Change in Bank Control (FR
2081; OMB No. 7100-0134).
Approxim ately 300 respondents file the
FR 2081 annually to meet the
notification requirements of change in
control, 280 respondents file to m eet the
requirem ents for notice of a change in
director or senior executive officer, and
1000 respondents file to meet
requirem ents to report certain
biographical and financial information.
The current burden per response for
each requirem ent is 30.0 hours, 2.0
hours, and 4.0 hours, respectively, for a
total estimated annual burden of 13,560
hours. Under the rule it is estimated that
50 percent fewer notifications of change
in control will be filed for an annual
total of 150 responses. The estimated
num ber of filings to meet the other two
requirem ents and the estimated average
hours per response for each requirement
rem ains unchanged. Therefore the total
am ount of annual burden is estimated to
be 9,060 hours. Based on an hourly cost
of $20, the total annual cost to the
public under the revision is estimated to
be $181,200, w hich represents an
estim ated cost reduction of $90,000
from the current estim ated annual cost
to the public of $271,200 under the
current rule.
The allowance for bank holding
com panies to take account of

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
intervening new issues of stock in
com puting w hen a stock redem ption
notice m ust be filed and the exem ption
provided to small bank holding
com panies that m eet certain leverage
and capital requirem ents should result
in a significant reduction in burden for
respondents th at file the Notice of
Proposed Stock Redem ption (FR 4008;
OMB No. 7100-0131). Approxim ately
50 respondents file the FR 4008
annually. The current burden per
response is 15.5 hours, for a total
estim ated annual burden of 775 hours.
Under the rule it is estim ated that 50
percent fewer notifications w ill be filed
for an annual total of 25 responses and
the estim ated average hours per
response rem ains unchanged. Therefore
the total am ount of annual burden is
estim ated to be 387.5 hours. Based on
an hourly cost of $30, the total annual
cost to the public under the revision is
estim ated to be $11,625, w hich
represents a cost reduction of $11,625
from the current estim ated cost to the
public of $23,250 under the current
rule.
The streamlining of application
requirem ents are not expected to change
the ongoing annual burden associated
w ith the A pplication for a Foreign
Organization to Become a Bank Holding
Company (FR Y -lf; OMB No. 7100—
0119). Approxim ately 2 respondents file
the FR Y - l f annually. The current
burden per response is 77 hours for a
total estim ated annual burden of 144
hours. Based on an hourly cost of $20,
the annual cost to the public is
estim ated to be $3,080.
All inform ation contained in these
collections of inform ation are available
to the public unless the respondent can
substantiate that disclosure of certain
inform ation w ould result in substantial
competitive harm or am unw arranted
invasion of personal privacy or w ould
otherwise qualify for an exem ption
under the Freedom of Information Act.
The Federal Reserve has a continuing
interest in the p ublic’s opinions of our
collections of information. At any time,
comments regarding the burden
estimate, or any other aspect of this
collection of information, including
suggestions for reducing the burden may
be sent to; Secretary, Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System, 20th and
C Streets, NW., W ashington, DC 20551;
and to the Office of Management and
Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project
(7100-0196), W ashington, DC 20503.
List o f Subjects in 12 CFR Part 225

Administrative practice and
procedure, Banks, banking, Federal
Reserve System, Holding Companies,

9319

(c)
Scope—(1) Subpart A contains
general provisions and definitions of
terms used in this regulation.
(2) Subpart B governs acquisitions of
bank or bank holding company
securities and assets by bank holding
com panies or by any com pany that will
PART 225—BANK HOLDING
become a bank holding com pany as a
COMPANIES AND CHANGE IN BANK
CONTROL (REGULATION Y)
result of the acquisition.
(3) Subpart C defines and regulates
1. The authority citation for part 225
the nonbanking activities in w hich bank
continues to read as follows:
holding companies and foreign banking
Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(13), 1818,
organizations may engage directly or
1831i, 1 8 3 1 p - l, 1843(c)(8), 1844(b), 1972(1),
through a subsidiary. The Board’s
3106, 3108, 3310, 3 3 3 1 -3 3 5 1 , 3907, and
Regulation K governs certain
3909.
nonbanking activities conducted by
foreign banking organizations and
2. Subpart A is revised to read as
follows:
certain foreign activities conducted by
bank holding com panies (12 CFR part
Subpart A— General Provisions
211, International Banking Operations).
Sec.
(4) Subpart D specifies situations in
225.1 Authority, purpose, and scope.
w hich a company is presum ed to
225.2 Definitions.
control voting securities or to have the
225.3 Adm inistration.
pow er to exercise a controlling
225.4 Corporate practices.
225.5 Registration, reports, and inspections. influence over the management or
225.6 P enalties for violations.
policies of a bank or other company;
225.7 Exceptions to tying restrictions
sets forth the procedures for making a
control determination; and provides
Subpart A—General Provisions
rules governing the effectiveness of
divestitures by bank holding companies.
§ 225.1 Authority, purpose, and scope.
(5) Subpart E governs changes in bank
(a) A uthority. This p a r t 1 (Regulation
control resulting from the acquisition by
Y) is issued by the Board of Governors
individuals or companies (other than
of the Federal Reserve System (Board)
bank holding companies) of voting
under section 5(b) of the Bank Holding
securities of a bank holding com pany or
Company Act of 1956, as am ended (12
state member bank of the Federal
U.S.C. 1844(b)) [BHC Act); sections 8
Reserve System.
and 13(a) of the International Banking
(6) Subpart F specifies the limitations
Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106 and 3108);
that govern com panies that control sosection 7(j)(13) of the Federal Deposit
called nonbank banks and the activities
Insurance Act, as am ended by the
of nonbank banks.
Change in Bank Control Act of 1978 (12
(7) Subpart G prescribes m inim um
U.S.C. 1817(j)(13)) [Bank Control Act)-,
standards
that apply to the performance
section 8(b) of the Federal Deposit
of real estate appraisals and identifies
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818(b));
transactions that require state certified
section 914 of the Financial Institutions
appraisers.
Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act
(8) Subpart H identifies the
of 1989 (12 U.S.C. 1831i); section 106 of
circumstances w hen w ritten notice m ust
the Bank Holding Com pany Act
be provided to the Board prior to the
A m endm ents of 1970 (12 U.S.C. 1972);
appointm ent of a director or senior
and the International Lending
officer of a bank holding company and
Supervision Act of 1983 (Pub. L. 98­
establishes procedures for obtaining the
181, title IX). The BHC Act is codified
required Board approval.
at 12 U.S.C. 1841, et seq.
(9) A p p en d ix A to the regulation
(b) Purpose. The principal purposes of
contains
the Board’s Risk-Based Capital
this part are to:
Adequacy Guidelines for bank holding
(1) Regulate the acquisition of control
companies.
of banks by companies and individuals;
(10) A p p e n d ix B contains the Board’s
(2) Define and regulate the
Capital
Adequacy Guidelines for
nonbanking activities in w hich bank
measuring leverage for bank holding
holding com panies and foreign banking
com panies and state member banks.
organizations w ith U nited States
(11) A p p en d ix C contains the Board’s
operations may engage; and
policy
statement governing small bank
(3) Set forth the procedures for
holding companies.
securing approval for these transactions
(12) A p p en d ix D contains the Board’s
and activities.
Capital Adequacy Guidelines for
1 Code of Federal Regulations, title 12, chapter II, measuring tier 1 leverage for bank
holding companies.
part 225.

Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Securities.
For the reasons set out in the
preamble, the Board am ends 12 CFR
part 225 as follows:

9320

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

(13) A p p e n d ix E contains the Board’s
Capital Adequacy Guidelines for
m easuring market risk of bank holding
com panies.

includes a foreign banking organization.
For the purposes of subpart B of this
part, bank holding co m pany includes a
foreign banking organization only if it
owns or controls a bank in the United
§225.2 Definitions.
States.
Except as modified in this regulation
(d)(1) C om pany includes any bank,
or unless the context otherwise requires, corporation, general or lim ited
the terms used in this regulation have
partnership, association or similar
the same m eaning as set forth in the
organization, business trust, or any
relevant statutes.
other trust unless by its term s it m ust
(a) A ffiliate means any company that
term inate either w ithin 25 years, or
controls, is controlled by, or is under
w ithin 21 years and 10 m onths after the
com m on control with, another
death of individuals living on the
company.
effective date of the trust.
(b)(1) B ank means:
(2) C om pany does not include any
(1) An insured bank as defined in
organization, the majority of the voting
section 3(h) of the Federal Deposit
securities of w hich are ow ned by the
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(h)); or
U nited States or any state.
(ii) An institution organized under the (3) Testam entary trusts exem pt.
laws of the U nited States w hich both:
Unless the Board finds that the trust is
(A) Accepts dem and deposits or
being operated as a business trust or
deposits that the depositor may
company, a trust is presum ed not to be
w ithdraw by check or sim ilar means for a com pany if the trust:
paym ent to third parties or others; and
(i) Terminates w ithin 21 years and 10
(B) Is engaged in the business of
m onths after the death of grantors or
making commercial loans.
beneficiaries of the trust living on the
(2) B ank does not include those
effective date of the trust or w ithin 25
institutions qualifying under the
years;
exceptions listed in section 2(c)(2) of the
(ii) Is a testam entary or inter vivos
BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)).
trust established by an individual or
(c)(1) Bank holding com pany means
individuals for the benefit of natural
any company (including a bank) that
persons (or trusts for the benefit of
has direct or indirect control of a bank,
natural persons) w ho are related by
other them control that results from the
blood, marriage or adoption;
ow nership or control of:
(iii) Contains only assets previously
(1) Voting securities held in good faith owned by the individual or individuals
in a fiduciary capacity (other than as
w ho established the trust;
provided in paragraphs (e)(2)(ii) and (iii)
(iv) Is not a Massachusetts business
of this section) w ithout sole
trust; and
discretionary voting authority, or as
(v) Does not issue shares, certificates,
otherwise exem pted under section
or any other evidence of ownership.
2(a)(5)(A) of the BHC Act;
(4) Q ualified lim ited partnerships
(ii) Voting securities acquired and
exem pt. Company does not include a
held only for a reasonable period of time qualified lim ited partnership, as defined
in connection w ith the underw riting of
in section 2(o)(10) of the BHC Act.
securities, as provided in section
(e)(1) Control of a bank or other
2(a)(5)(B) of the BHC Act;
company means (except for the
(iii) Voting rights to voting securities
purposes of subpart E of this part):
acquired for the sole purpose and in the
(i) Ow nership, control, or power to
course of participating in a proxy
vote 25 percent or more of the
solicitation, as provided in section
outstanding shares of any class of voting
2(a)(5)(C) of the BHC Act;
securities of the bank or other company,
(iv) Voting securities acquired in
directly or indirectly or acting through
satisfaction of debts previously
one or more other persons;
contracted in good faith, as provided in
(ii) Control in any m anner over the
section 2(a)(5)(D) of the BHC Act, if the
election of a majority of the directors,
securities are divested w ithin two years
trustees, or general partners (or
of acquisition (or such later period as
individuals exercising similar functions)
the Board m ay perm it by order); or
of the bank or other company;
(v) Voting securities of certain
(iii) The pow er to exercise, directly or
institutions ow ned by a thrift institution indirectly, a controlling influence over
or a trust company, as provided in
the managem ent or policies of the bank
sections 2(a)(5)(E) and (F) of the BHC
or other company, as determ ined by the
Act.
Board after notice and opportunity for
(2) Except for the purposes of
hearing in accordance w ith § 225.31 of
§ 225.4(b) of this subpart and subpart E
subpart D of this part; or
of this part, or as otherwise provided in
(iv) Conditioning in any m anner the
this regulation, bank holding com pany
transfer of 25 percent or more of the

outstanding shares of any class of voting
securities of a bank or other company
up on the transfer of 25 percent or more
of the outstanding shares of any class of
voting securities of another bank or
other company.
(2) A bank or other com pany is
deemed to control voting securities or
assets owned, controlled, or held,
directly or indirectly:
(i) By any subsidiary of the bank or
other company;
(ii) In a fiduciary capacity (including
by pension and profit-sharing trusts) for
the benefit of the shareholders,
members, or employees (or individuals
serving in sim ilar capacities) of the bank
or other com pany or any of its
subsidiaries; or
(iii) In a fiduciary capacity for the
benefit of the bank or other com pany or
any of its subsidiaries.
(f) Foreign banking organization and
qualifying foreign banking organization
have the same meanings as provided in
§ 211.21(n) and § 211.23 of the Board’s
Regulation K (12 CFR 211.21(n) and
211.23).
(g) Insured depository institution
includes an insured bank as defined in
section 3(h) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(h)) and a
savings association.
(h) Lead insured depository
institution means the largest insured
depository institution controlled by the
bank holding company as of the quarter
ending immediately prior to the
proposed filing, based on a com parison
of the average total risk-weighted assets
controlled during the previous 12m onth period by each insured
depository institution subsidiary of the
holding company.
(i) M anagem ent official means any
officer, director (including honorary or
advisory directors), partner, or trustee of
a bank or other company, or any
employee of the bank or other company
w ith policy-making functions.
(j) N onbank bank means any
institution that:
(1) Became a bank as a result of
enactment of the Competitive Equality
A m endm ents of 1987 (Pub. L. 100-86),
on the date of enactment (August 10,
1987); and
(2) Was not controlled by a bank
holding company on the day before the
enactm ent of the Competitive Equality
Am endm ents of 1987 (August 9,1987).
(k) O utstanding shares means any
voting securities, but does not include
securities ow ned by the United States or
by a company w holly owned by the
United States.
(1)
Person includes an individual,
bank, corporation, partnership, trust,
association, joint venture, pool,

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
syndicate, sole proprietorship,
unincorporated organization, or any
other form of entity.
(m) Savings association means:
(1) Any federal savings association or
federal savings bank;
(2) Any building and loan association,
savings and loan association, homestead
association, or cooperative bank if such
association or cooperative bank is a
member of the Savings Association
Insurance Fund; and
(3) Any savings bank or cooperative
that is deem ed by the director of the
Office of Thrift Supervision to be a
savings association under section 10(1)
of the Home Owners Loan Act.
(n) Shareholder—(1) Controlling
shareholder means a person that owns
or controls, directly or indirectly, 25
percent or more of any class of voting
securities of a bank or other company.
(2) Principal shareholder means a
person that owns or controls, directly or
indirectly, 10 percent or more of any
class of voting securities of a bank or
other company, or any person that the
Board determ ines has the power,
directly or indirectly, to exercise a
controlling influence over the
m anagem ent or policies of a bank or
other company.
(0) Subsidiary means a bank or other
company that is controlled by another
company, and refers to a direct or
indirect subsidiary of a bank holding
company. An indirect subsidiary is a
bank or other com pany that is
controlled by a subsidiary of the bank
holding company.
(p) United States m eans the United
States and includes any state of the
United States, the District of Columbia,
any territory of the United States, Puerto
Rico, Guam, American Samoa, and the
Virgin Islands.
(q)(l) Voting securities means shares
of common or preferred stock, general or
lim ited partnership shares or interests,
or similar interests if the shares or
interest, by statute, charter, or in any
manner, entitle the holder:
(1) To vote for or to select directors,
trustees, or partners (or persons
exercising sim ilar functions of the
issuing company); or
(ii) To vote on or to direct the conduct
of the operations or other significant
policies of the issuing company.
(2) Nonvoting shares. Preferred
shares, lim ited partnership shares or
interests, or sim ilar interests are not
voting securities if:
(i)
Any voting rights associated w ith
the shares or interest are lim ited solely
to the type custom arily provided by
statute w ith regard to matters that
would significantly and adversely affect
the rights or preference of the security

or other interest, such as the issuance of
additional am ounts or classes of senior
securities, the modification of the terms
of the security or interest, the
dissolution of the issuing company, or
the paym ent of dividends by the issuing
com pany w hen preferred dividends are
in arrears;
(ii) The shares or interest represent an
essentially passive investm ent or
financing device and do not otherwise
provide the holder w ith control over the
issuing company; and
(iii) The shares or interest do not
entitle the holder, by statute, charter, or
in any m anner, to select or to vote for
the selection of directors, trustees, or
partners (or persons exercising similar
functions) of the issuing company.
(3)
Class o f voting shares. Snares of
stock issued by a single issuer are
deem ed to be the same class of voting
shares, regardless of differences in
dividend rights or liquidation
preference, if the shares are voted
together as a single class on all matters
for w hich the shares have voting rights
other than matters described in
paragraph (o)(2)(i) of this section that
affect solely the rights or preferences of
the shares.
(r) W ell-capitalized-[l) B ank holding
com pany. In the case of a bank holding
com pany,2 well-capitalized means that:
(1) On a consolidated basis, the bank
holding company m aintains a total riskbased capital ratio of 10.0 percent or
greater, as defined in A ppendix A of
this part;
(ii) On a consolidated basis, the bank
holding company m aintains a Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio of 6.0 percent or
greater, as defined in A ppendix A of
this part; and
(iii) The bank holding com pany is not
subject to any w ritten agreement, order,
capital directive, or prom pt corrective
action directive issued by the Board to
meet and m aintain a specific capital
level for any capital measure.
(2) Insured depository institution. In
the case of an insured depository
institution, well-capitalized means that
the institution m aintains at least the
capital levels required to be “wellcapitalized” u nder the capital adequacy
regulations or guidelines applicable to
the institution that have been adopted
by the appropriate federal banking
agency for the institution under section
38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act
(12 U.S.C. 1831o).

9321

(3) Foreign banks—(i) Standards
applied. For purposes of determ ining
w hether a foreign banking organization
qualifies under paragraph (r)(l) of this
section:
(A) A foreign banking organization
w hose home country supervisor, as
defined in § 211.21 of the Board’s
Regulation K (12 CFR 211.21), has
adopted capital standards consistent in
all respects w ith the Capital Accord of
the Basle Committee on Banking
Supervision (Basle Accord) may
calculate its capital ratios under the
home country standard; and
(B) A foreign banking organization
whose home country supervisor has not
adopted capital standards consistent in
all respects w ith the Basle Accord shall
obtain a determ ination from the Board
that its capital is equivalent to the
capital that w ould be required of a U.S.
banking organization under paragraph
(r)(l) of this section.
(ii) Branches and agencies. For
purposes of determining, under
paragraph (r)(l) of this section, w hether
a branch or agency of a foreign banking
organization is w ell-capitalized, the
branch or agency shall be deem ed to
have the same capital ratios as the
foreign banking organization.
(s) W ell-managed—(1) In general. A
company, insured depository
institution, or branch or agency of a
foreign banking organization is wellm anaged if:
(1) At its most recent inspection or
exam ination or subsequent review by
the appropriate federal banking agency
for the company or institution, the
company or institution received:
(A) At least a satisfactory com posite
rating; and
(B) At least a satisfactory rating for
management and for compliance, if such
a rating is given; or
(ii) In the case of a company or
insured depository institution that has
not received an examination rating, the
Board has determined, after a review of
the managerial and other resources of
the company or depository institution,
that the company or institution qualifies
for the stream lined procedures in this
subpart, and subparts B and C of this
part.
(2) Foreign banking organizations. A
foreign banking organization shall
qualify under this paragraph if the
com bined operations of the foreign
banking organization in the United
States have received at least a
satisfactory composite rating at the most
recent annual assessment.

2 For purposes of this subpart and subparts B and
C of this part, a bank holding com pany w ith
consolidated assets un der $150 m illion that is
subject to the Small Bank Holding Company Policy
Statement in A ppendix C of this part w ill be
§ 225.3 Administration.
deemed to be “well-capitalized” if the bank holding
(a) Delegation o f authority. Designated
com pany meets the requirem ents for expedited/
Board members and officers and the
waived processing in A ppendix C.

9322

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

Federal Reserve Banks are authorized by paragraph (b)(6) of this section, a bank
the Board to exercise various functions
holding com pany shall give the Board
prescribed in this regulation and in the
prior w ritten notice before purchasing
Board’s Rules Regarding Delegation of
or redeem ing its equity securities if the
A uthority (12 CFR part 265) and the
gross consideration for the purchase or
Board’s Rules of Procedure (12 CFR part redem ption, w hen aggregated w ith the
262).
net consideration paid by the company
(b) Appropriate Federal Reserve Bank. for all such purchases or redem ptions
In adm inistering this regulation, unless
during the preceding 12 m onths, is
a different Federal Reserve Bank is
equal to 10 percent or more of the
designated by the Board, the appropriate com pany’s consolidated net worth. For
Federal Reserve Bank is as follows:
the purposes of this section, “net
(1) For a bank holding company (or a
consideration” is the gross
com pany applying to become a bank
consideration paid by the company for
holding company): the Reserve Bank of
all of its equity securities purchased or
the Federal Reserve district in w hich the redeem ed during the period m inus the
com pany’s banking operations are
gross consideration received for all of its
principally conducted, as measured by
equity securities sold during the period.
total domestic deposits in its subsidiary
(2) Contents o f notice. Any notice
banks on the date it becam e (or w ill
under this section shall be filed w ith the
become) a bank holding company;
appropriate Reserve Bank and shall
(2) For a foreign banking organization
contain the following information:
that has no subsidiary bank and is not
(i) The purpose of the transaction, a
subject to paragraph (b)(1) of this
description of the securities to be
section: the Reserve Bank of the Federal purchased or redeemed, the total
Reserve district in w hich the total assets num ber of each class outstanding, the
of the organization’s United States
gross consideration to be paid, and the
branches, agencies, and commercial
terms and sources of funding for the
lending com panies are the largest as of
transaction;
the later of January 1,1980, or the date
(ii) A description of all equity
it becomes a foreign banking
securities redeem ed w ithin the
organization;
preceding 12 months, the net
(3) For an individual or company
consideration paid, and the terms of any
submitting a notice under subpart E of
debt incurred in connection w ith those
this part: The Reserve Bank of the
transactions; and
Federal Reserve district in w hich the
(iii) (A) If the bank holding company
banking operations of the bank holding
has consolidated assets of $150 million
company or state member bank to be
or more, consolidated pro form a riskacquired are principally conducted, as
based capital and leverage ratio
m easured by total domestic deposits on
calculations for the bank holding
the date the notice is filed.
com pany as of the most recent quarter,
and, if the redem ption is to be debt
§ 225.4 Corporate practices.
funded, a parent-only pro form a balance
(a) B ank holding com pany policy and
operations. (1) A bank holding company sheet as of the most recent quarter; or
(B) If the bank holding company has
shall serve as a source of financial and
consolidated assets of less than $150
managerial strength to its subsidiary
million, a pro form a parent-only balance
banks and shall not conduct its
sheet as of the most recent quarter, and,
operations in an unsafe or unsound
if the redem ption is to be debt funded,
manner.
(2) W henever the Board believes an one-year income statement and cash
flow projections.
activity of a bank holding com pany or
(3) A cting on notice. W ithin 15
control of a nonbank subsidiary (other
calendar days of receipt of a notice
than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank)
constitutes a serious risk to the financial under this section, the appropriate
Reserve Bank shall either approve the
safety, soundness, or stability of a
transaction proposed in the notice or
subsidiary bank of the bank holding
com pany and is inconsistent w ith sound refer the notice to the Board for
decision. If the notice is referred to the
banking principles or the purposes of
Board for decision, the Board shall act
the BHC Act or the Financial
on the notice w ithin 30 calendar days
Institutions Supervisory Act of 1966, as
am ended (12 U.S.C. 1818(b) et seq.), the after the Reserve Bank receives the
notice.
Board may require the bank holding
(4) Factors considered in acting on
com pany to term inate the activity or to
notice, (i) The Board may disapprove a
term inate control of the subsidiary, as
provided in section 5(e) of the BHC Act. proposed purchase or redem ption if it
(b) Purchase or redem ption b y bank
finds that the proposal w ould constitute
holding com pany o f its own securities— an unsafe or unsound practice, or would
violate any law, regulation, Board order,
(1) Filing notice. Except as provided in

directive, or any condition im posed by,
or w ritten agreement with, the Board.
(ii) In determ ining w hether a proposal
constitutes an unsafe or unsound
practice, the Board shall consider
w hether the bank holding com pany’s
financial condition, after giving effect to
the proposed purchase or redem ption,
meets the financial standards applied by
the Board u nd er section 3 of the BHC
Act, including the Board’s Capital
Adequacy Guidelines (Appendix A of
this part) and the Board’s Policy
Statement for Small Bank Holding
Companies (Appendix C of this part).
(5) Disapproval and hearing, (i) The
Board shall notify the bank holding
com pany in writing of the reasons for a
decision to disapprove any proposed
purchase or redem ption. W ithin 10
calendar days of receipt of a notice of
disapproval by the Board, the bank
holding com pany may subm it a w ritten
request for a hearing.
(ii) The Board shall order a hearing
w ithin 10 calendar days of receipt of the
request if it finds that material facts are
in dispute, or if it otherwise appears
appropriate. Any hearing conducted
under this paragraph shall be held in
accordance w ith the Board’s Rules of
Practice for Formal Hearings (12 CFR
part 263).
(iii) At the conclusion of the hearing,
the Board shall by order approve or
disapprove the proposed purchase or
redem ption on the basis of the record of
the hearing.
(6) Exception fo r well-capitalized
bank holding com panies. A bank
holding company is not required to
obtain prior Board approval for the
redem ption or purchase of its equity
securities under this section provided:
(i) Both before and im m ediately after
the redem ption, the bank holding
company is well-capitalized;
(ii) The bank holding com pany is
well-managed; and
(iii) The b ank holding company is not
the subject of any unresolved
supervisory issues.
(c) Deposit insurance. Every bank that
is a bank holding com pany or a
subsidiary of a bank holding company
shall obtain Federal Deposit Insurance
and shall rem ain an insured bank as
defined in section 3(h) of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C.
1813(h)).
(d) A cting as transfer agent,
m unicipal securities dealer, or clearing
agent. A bank holding company or any
nonbanking subsidiary that is a “bank,”
as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15
U.S.C. 78c(a)(6)), and that is a transfer
agent of securities, a m unicipal
securities dealer, a clearing agency, or a

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
participant in a clearing agency (as
those term s are defined in section 3(a)
of the Securities Exchange Act (15
U.S.C. 78c(a)), shall be subject to
§§ 208.8 (f)-(j) of the Board’s Regulation
H (12 CFR 208.8 (f)-(j)) as if it were a
state m em ber bank.
(e) Reporting requirem ent fo r credit
secured b y certain bank holding
com pany stock. Each executive officer
or director of a bank holding company
the shares of w hich are not publicly
traded shall report annually to the board
of directors of the bank holding
com pany the outstanding am ount of any
credit that was extended to the
executive officer or director and that is
secured by shares of the bank holding
company. For purposes of this
paragraph, the terms “executive officer”
and “director” shall have the meaning
given in § 215.2 of Regulation O (12 CFR
215.2).
(f) Suspicious activity report. A bank
holding com pany or any nonbank
subsidiary thereof, or a foreign bank that
is subject to the BHC Act or any
nonbank subsidiary of such foreign bank
operating in the United States, shall file
a suspicious activity report in
accordance w ith the provisions of
§ 208.20 of the Board’s Regulation H (12
CFR 208.20).
§225.5 Registration, reports, and
inspections.

(a) Registration o f bank holding
com panies. Each company shall register
w ithin 180 days after becoming a bank
holding com pany by furnishing
inform ation in the m anner and form
prescribed by the Board. A company
that receives the Board’s prior approval
under subpart B of this part to become
a bank holding com pany may complete
this registration requirem ent through
submission of its first annual report to
the Board as required by paragraph (b)
of this section.
(b) Reports o f bank holding
com panies. Each bank holding company
shall furnish, in the m anner and form
prescribed by the Board, an annual
report of the com pany’s operations for
the fiscal year in w hich it becomes a
bank holding company, and for each
fiscal year during w hich it remains a
bank holding company. Additional
information and reports shall be
furnished as the Board may require.
(c) Exam inations and inspections.
The Board may examine or inspect any
bank holding company and each of its
subsidiaries and prepare a report of
their operations and activities. W ith
respect to a foreign banking
organization, the Board may also
examine any branch or agency of a
foreign bank in any state of the United

9323

provided to itself pu rsuant to section
106(b)(1)(C) of the Bank Holding
Company Act A m endm ents of 1970 (12
U.S.C. 1972(1)(CJ).
(2) Safe harbor fo r com bined-balance
discounts. Vary the consideration for
any product or package of products
based on a custom er’s m aintaining a
combined m inim um balance in certain
products specified by the bank (eligible
products), if:
§ 225.6 Penalties for violations.
(i) The bank offers deposits, and all
(a) Criminal and civil penalties. (1)
such deposits are eligible products; and
Section 8 of the BHC Act provides
criminal penalties for w illful violation,
(ii) Balances in deposits count at least
and civil penalties for violation, by any
as m uch as nondeposit products tow ard
company or individual, of the BHC Act
the m inim um balance.
or any regulation or order issued under
(3) Safe harbor fo r foreign
it, or for making a false entry in any
transactions. Engage in any transaction
book, report, or statement of a bank
w ith a customer if that customer is:
holding company.
(i) A corporation, business, or other
(2) Civil money penalty assessments
person (other than an individual) that:
for violations of the BHC Act shall be
m ade in accordance w ith subpart C of
(A) Is incorporated, chartered, or
the Board’s Rules of Practice for
otherwise organized outside the United
Hearings (12 CFR part 263, subpart C).
States; and
For any w illful violation of the Bank
(B) Has its principal place of business
Control Act or any regulation or order
outside the U nited States; or
issued under it, the Board may assess a
civil penalty as provided in 12 U.S.C.
(ii) An individual w ho is a citizen of
a foreign country and is not resident in
1817(j)(15).
(b) Cease-and-desist proceedings. For
the United States.
any violation of the BHC Act, the Bank
(c) Lim itations on exceptions. Any
Control Act, this regulation, or any
exception granted pursuant to this
order or notice issued thereunder, the
section shall term inate upon a finding
Board may institute a cease-and-desist
by the Board that the arrangement is
proceeding in accordance w ith the
resulting in anti-competitive practices.
Financial Institutions Supervisory Act
The eligibility of a bank to operate
of 1966, as am ended (12 U.S.C. 1818(b)
under any exception granted pursuant
et seq.).
to this section shall term inate upon a
finding by the Board that its exercise of
§ 225.7 Exceptions to tying restrictions.
this authority is resulting in anti­
(a) Purpose. This section establishes
competitive practices.
exceptions to the anti-tying restrictions
of section 106 of the Bank Holding
(d) Extension o f statute to electronic
Company Act Am endm ents of 1970 (12
benefit transfer services. A bank holding
U.S.C. 1971,1972(1)). These exceptions
company or nonbank subsidiary of a
are in addition to those in section 106.
bank holding com pany that provides
The section also restricts tying of
electronic benefit transfer services shall
electronic benefit transfer services by
be subject to the anti-tying restrictions
bank holding companies and their
applicable to such services set forth in
nonbank subsidiaries.
section 7(i)(ll) of the Food Stamp Act
(b) Exceptions to statute. Subject to
of 1977 (7 U.S.C. 2016(i)(ll)).
the limitations of paragraph (c) of this
(e) For purposes of this section, bank
section, a bank may:
has the meaning given that term in
(1) Extension to affiliates o f statutory
section 106(a) of the Bank Holding
exceptions preserving traditional
Company Act A m endm ents of 1970 (12
banking relationships. Extend credit,
U.S.C. 1971), but shall also include a
lease or sell property of any kind, or
United States branch, agency, or
furnish any service, or fix or vary the
commercial lending company
consideration for any of the foregoing,
subsidiary of a foreign bank that is
on the condition or requirem ent that a
subject to section 106 pursuant to
customer:
(i) Obtain a loan, discount, deposit, or section 8(d) of the International Banking
Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3106(d)), and any
trust service from an affiliate of the
com pany made subject to section 106 by
bank; or
section 4(f)(9) or 4(h) of the BHC Act.
(ii) Provide to an affiliate of the bank
3.
Subpart B is revised to read as
some additional credit, property, or
service that the bank could require to be follows:

States and may examine or inspect each
of the organization’s subsidiaries in the
United States and prepare reports of
their operations and activities. The
Board shall rely, as far as possible, on
the reports of exam ination m ade by the
prim ary federal or state supervisor of
the subsidiary bank of the bank holding
com pany or of the branch or agency of
the foreign bank.

9324

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

Subpart B— Acquisition of Bank Securities
or Assets
Sec.
225.11 Transactions requiring Board
approval.
225.12 Transactions not requiring Board
approval.
225.13 Factors considered in acting on bank
acquisition proposals.
225.14 Expedited action for certain bank
acquisitions by well-run bank holding
com panies.
225.15 Procedures for other bank
acquisition proposals.
225.16 Public notice, com m ents, hearings,
and other provisions governing
applications and notices.
225.17 N otice procedure for one-bank
hold in g com pany formations.

Subpart B—Acquisition of Bank
Securities or Assets
§225.11 Transactions requiring Board
approval

The following transactions require the
Board’s prior approval u n der section 3
of the Bank Holding Company Act
except as exempted under § 225.12 or as
otherwise covered by § 225.17 of this
subpart:
(a) Formation o f bank holding
com pany. Any action that causes a bank
or other company to become a bank
holding company.
(b) A cquisition o f subsidiary bank.
Any action that causes a bank to become
a subsidiary of a bank holding company.
(c) Acquisition o f control o f bank or
bank holding com pany securities.
(1) The acquisition by a bank holding
com pany of direct or indirect ownership
or control of any voting securities of a
bank or bank holding company, if the
acquisition results in the com pany’s
control of more than 5 percent of the
outstanding shares of any class of voting
securities of the bank or bank holding
company.
(2) An acquisition includes the
purchase of additional securities
through the exercise of preemptive
rights, but does not include securities
received in a stock dividend or stock
split that does not alter the bank holding
com pany’s proportional share of any
class of voting securities.
(d) Acquisition o f bank assets. The
acquisition by a bank holding company
or by a subsidiary thereof (other than a
bank) of all or substantially all of the
assets of a bank.
(e) Merger o f bank holding companies.
The merger or consolidation of bank
holding companies, including a merger
through the purchase of assets and
assum ption of liabilities.
(f) Transactions b y foreign banking
organization. Any transaction described
in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this
section by a foreign banking

organization that involves the
acquisition of an interest in a U.S. bank
or in a bank holding company for w hich
application w ould be required if the
foreign banking organization were a
bank holding company.
§ 225.12 Transactions not requiring Board
approval.

The following transactions do not
require the Board’s approval under
§ 225.11 of this subpart:
(a) A cquisition o f securities in
fiduciary capacity. The acquisition by a
bank or other company (other than a
trust that is a company) of control of
voting securities of a bank or bank
holding com pany in good faith in a
fiduciary capacity, unless:
(1) The acquiring bank or other
com pany has sole discretionary
authority to vote the securities and
retains this authority for more than two
years; or
(2) The acquisition is for the benefit
of the acquiring bank or other company,
or its shareholders, employees, or
subsidiaries.
(b) A cquisition o f securities in
satisfaction o f debts previously
contracted. The acquisition by a bank or
other com pany of control of voting
securities of a bank or bank holding
com pany in the regular course of
securing or collecting a debt previously
contracted in good faith, if the acquiring
bank or other company divests the
securities w ithin two years of
acquisition. The Board or Reserve Bank
may grant requests for up to three oneyear extensions.
(c) Acquisition o f securities by bank
holding com pany with m ajority control.
The acquisition by a bank holding
company of additional voting securities
of a bank or bank holding company if
more than 50 percent of the outstanding
voting securities of the bank or bank
holding com pany is lawfully controlled
by the acquiring bank holding company
prior to the acquisition.
(d) A cquisitions involving bank
mergers and internal corporate
reorganizations—(1) Transactions
subject to B ank Merger Act. The merger
or consolidation of a subsidiary bank of
a bank holding company w ith another
bank, or the purchase of assets by the
subsidiary bank, or a similar transaction
involving subsidiary banks of a bank
holding company, if the transaction
requires the prior approval of a federal
supervisory agency under the Bank
Merger Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(c)) and does
not involve the acquisition of shares of
a bank. This exception does not include:
(i)
The merger of a nonsubsidiary
bank and a nonoperating subsidiary
bank formed by a company for the

purpose of acquiring the nonsubsidiary
bank; or
(ii) Any transaction requiring the
Board’s prior approval under § 225.11(e)
of this subpart.
The Board may require an application
under this subpart if it determines that
the merger or consolidation w ould have
a significant adverse impact on the
financial condition of the bank holding
company, or otherwise requires
approval u nder section 3 of the BHC
Act.
(2)
Certain acquisitions subject to
B ank Merger A ct. The acquisition by a
bank holding company of shares of a
bank or com pany controlling a bank or
the merger of a company controlling a
bank w ith the bank holding company, if
the transaction is part of the merger or
consolidation of the bank w ith a
subsidiary bank (other than a
nonoperating subsidiary bank) of the
acquiring bank holding company, or is
part of the purchase of substantially all
of the assets of the bank by a subsidiary
bank (other than a nonoperating
subsidiary bank) of the acquiring bank
holding company, and if:
(i) The bank merger, consolidation, or
asset purchase occurs simultaneously
w ith the acquisition of the shares of the
bank or bank holding company or the
merger of holding companies, and the
bank is not operated by the acquiring
bank holding company as a separate
entity other than as the survivor of the
merger, consolidation, or asset
purchase; .
(ii) The transaction requires the prior
approval of a federal supervisory agency
under the Bank Merger Act (12 U.S.C.
1828(c));
(iii) The transaction does not involve
the acquisition of any nonbank
company that w ould require prior
approval under section 4 of the BHC Act
(12 U.S.C. 1843);
(iv) Both before and after the
transaction, the acquiring bank holding
company meets the Board’s Capital
Adequacy Guidelines (Appendixes A, B,
C, D, and E of this part);
(v) At least 10 days prior to the
transaction, the acquiring bank holding
com pany has provided to the Reserve
Bank w ritten notice of the transaction
that contains:
(A) A copy of the filing m ade to the
appropriate federal banking agency
under the Bank Merger Act; and
(B) A description of the holding
com pany’s involvement in the
transaction, the purchase price, and the
source of funding for the purchase price;
and
(vi) Prior to expiration of the period
provided in paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this
section, the Reserve Bank has not

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
informed the bank holding company
that an application under § 225.11 is
required.
(3) Internal corporate reorganizations.
(i) Subject to paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this
section, any of the following
transactions performed in the United
States by a bank holding company:
(A) The merger of holding com panies
that are subsidiaries of the bank holding
company;
(B) The formation of a subsidiary
holding com p any ;1
(C) The transfer of control or
ow nership of a subsidiary bank or a
subsidiary holding company between
one subsidiary holding com pany and
another subsidiary holding company or
the bank holding company.
(ii) A transaction described in
paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section
qualifies for this exception if:
(A) The transaction represents solely
a corporate reorganization involving
companies and insured depository
institutions that, both preceding and
following the transaction, are lawfully
controlled and operated by the bank
holding company;
(B) The transaction does not involve
the acquisition of additional voting
shares of an insured depository
institution that, prior to the transaction,
was less than majority ow ned by the
bank holding company;
(C) The bank holding company is not
organized in m utual form; and
(D) Both before and after the
transaction, the bank holding company
meets the Board’s Capital Adequacy
Guidelines (Appendixes A, B, C, D, and
E of this part).
(e) Holding securities in escrow. The
holding of any voting securities of a
bank or bank holding company in an
escrow arrangement for the benefit of an
applicant pending the Board’s action on
an application for approval of the
proposed acquisition, if title to the
securities and the voting rights remain
w ith the seller and paym ent for the
securities has not been m ade to the
seller.
(f) Acquisition o f foreign banking
organization. The acquisition of a
foreign banking organization where the
foreign banking organization does not
directly or indirectly own or control a
bank in the U nited States, unless the
acquisition is also by a foreign banking
organization and otherwise subject to
§ 225.11(f) of this subpart.
1 In the case of a transaction that results in the
formation or designation of a new bank holding
company, the new bank holding com pany must
complete the registration requirem ents described in
§225.5.

§ 225.13 Factors considered in acting on
bank acquisition proposals.

(a) Factors requiring denial. A s
specified in section 3(c) of the BHC Act,
the Board may not approve any
application u nder this subpart if:
Cl) The transaction w ould result in a
monopoly or w ould further any
com bination or conspiracy to
monopolize, or to attem pt to
monopolize, the business of banking in
any part of the United States;
(2) The effect of the transaction may
be substantially to lessen com petition in
any section of the country, tend to
create a monopoly, or in any other
m anner be in restraint of trade, unless
the Board finds that the transaction’s
anti-competitive effects are clearly
outw eighed by its probable effect in
meeting the convenience and needs of
the community;
(3) The applicant has failed to provide
the Board w ith adequate assurances that
it w ill make available such information
on its operations or activities, and the
operations or activities of any affiliate of
the applicant, that the Board deems
appropriate to determ ine and enforce
compliance w ith the BHC Act and other
applicable federal banking statutes, and
any regulations thereunder; or
(4) In the case of an application
involving a foreign banking
organization, the foreign banking
organization is not subject to
com prehensive supervision or
regulation on a consolidated basis by
the appropriate authorities in its home
country, as provided in § 211.24(c)(l)(ii)
of the Board’s Regulation K (12 CFR
211.24(c)(1)(h)).
(b) O ther factors. In deciding
applications u n der this subpart, the
Board also considers the following
factors w ith respect to the applicant, its
subsidiaries, any banks related to the
applicant through common ownership
or management, and the bank or banks
to be acquired:
(1) Financial condition. Their
financial condition and future
prospects, including w hether current
and projected capital positions and
levels of indebtedness conform to
standards and policies established by
the Board.
(2) Managerial resources. The
competence, experience, and integrity of
the officers, directors, and principal
shareholders of the applicant, its
subsidiaries, and the banks and bank
holding companies concerned; their
record of com pliance w ith laws and
regulations; and the record of the
applicant and its affiliates of fulfilling
any com m itm ents to, and any
conditions im posed by, the Board in
connection w ith prior applications.

9325

(3) Convenience and needs o f
com m unity. The convenience and needs
of the communities to be served,
including the record of performance
under the Community Reinvestm ent Act
of 1977 (12 U.S.C. 2901 et seq.) and
regulations issued thereunder, including
the Board’s Regulation BB (12 CFR part
228).
(c) Interstate transactions. The Board
may approve any application or notice
u nd er this subpart by a bank holding
com pany to acquire control of all or
substantially all of the assets of a bank
located in a state other th an the home
state of the bank holding company,
w ithout regard to w hether the
transaction is prohibited under the law
of any state, if the transaction complies
w ith the requirements of section 3(d) of
the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(d)).
(d) Conditional approvals. The Board
may impose conditions on any
approval, including conditions to
address competitive, financial,
managerial, safety and soundness,
convenience and needs, compliance or
other concerns, to ensure that approval
is consistent w ith the relevant statutory
factors and other provisions of the BHC
Act.
§ 225.14 Expedited action for certain bank
acquisitions by well-run bank holding
companies.

(a) Filing o f notice—(1) Inform ation
required and public notice. A s an
alternative to the procedure provided in
§ 225.15, a bank holding com pany that
meets the requirements of paragraph (c)
of this section may satisfy the prior
approval requirements of § 225.11 in
connection w ith the acquisition of
shares, assets or control of a bank, or a
merger or consolidation betw een bank
holding companies, by providing the
appropriate Reserve Bank w ith a w ritten
notice containing the following:
(i) A certification that all of the
criteria in paragraph (c) of this section
are met;
(ii) A description of the transaction
that includes identification of the
companies and insured depository
institutions involved in the transaction 2
and identification of each banking
market affected by the transaction;
2 If, in connection w ith a transaction u n der this
subpart, any person or group of persons proposes
to acquire control of the acquiring bank holding
company for purposes of the Bank Control Act or
§ 225.41, the person or group of persons may fulfill
the notice requirem ents of the Bank Control Act and
§ 225.43 by providing, as part of the subm ission by
the acquiring bank holding com pany under this
subpart, identifying and biographical information
required in paragraph (6)(A) of the Bank Control
Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(6)(A)), as well as any
financial or other information requested by the
Reserve Bank under § 225.43.

9326

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

(iii) A description of the effect of the
transaction on the convenience and
needs of the com m unities to be served
and of the actions being taken by the
bank holding com pany to improve the
CRA performance of any insured
depository institution subsidiary that
does not have at least a satisfactory CRA
performance rating at the tim e of the
transaction;
(iv) Evidence that notice of the
proposal has been published in
accordance w ith § 225.16(b)(1);
(v)(A) If the bank holding company
has consolidated assets of $150 m illion
or more, an abbreviated consolidated
pro form a balance sheet as of the most
recent quarter showing credit and debit
adjustments that reflect the proposed
transaction, consolidated pro form a
risk-based capital ratios for the
acquiring bank holding com pany as of
the m ost recent quarter, and a
description of the purchase price and
the terms and sources of funding for the
transaction;
(B)
If the bank holding com pany has
consolidated assets of less than $150
million, a pro form a parent-only balance
sheet as of the m ost recent quarter
showing credit and debit adjustments
that reflect the proposed transaction,
and a description of the purchase price,
the terms and sources of funding for the
transaction, and the sources and
schedule for retiring any debt incurred
in the transaction;
(vi) If the bank holding company has
consolidated assets of less than $300
million, a list of and biographical
information regarding any directors or
senior executive officers of the resulting
bank holding com pany that are not
directors or senior executive officers of
the acquiring bank holding company or
of a company or institution to be
acquired;
(vii) For each insured depository
institution whose Tier 1 capital, total
capital, total assets or risk-weighted
assets change as a result of the
transaction, the total risk-weighted
assets, total assets, Tier 1 capital and
total capital of the institution on a pro
form a basis; and
(viii) The market indexes for each
relevant banking m arket reflecting the
pro form a effect of the transaction.
(2)
Waiver o f unnecessary
inform ation. The Reserve Bank may
reduce the information requirem ents in
paragraph (a)(l)(v) through (viii) of this
section as appropriate.
(b)(1) A ction on proposals under this
section. The Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank shall act on a proposal
subm itted under this section or notify
the bank holding com pany that the
transaction is subject to the procedure

in § 225.15 w ithin 5 business days after
the close of the public com ment period.
The Board and the Reserve Bank shall
not approve any proposal under this
section prior to the third business day
following the close of the public
com m ent period, unless an emergency
exists that requires expedited or
immediate action. The Board may
extend the period for action under this
section for up to 5 business days.
(2) A cceptance o f notice in event
expedited procedure not available. In
the event that the Board or the Reserve
Bank determines after the filing of a
notice under this section that a bank
holding company may not use the
procedure in this section and m ust file
an application under § 225.15, the
application shall be deem ed accepted
for purposes of § 225.15 as of the date
that the notice was filed under this
section.
(c)
Criteria fo r use o f expedited
procedure. The procedure in this
section is available only if:
(1) W ell-capitalized organization—(i)
B ank holding com pany. Both at the time
of and immediately after the proposed
transaction, the acquiring bank holding
company is well-capitalized;
(ii) Insured depository institutions.
Both at the tim e of and immediately
after the proposed transaction:
(A) The lead insured depository
institution of the acquiring bank holding
com pany is well-capitalized;
(B) W ell-capitalized insured
depository institutions control at least
80 percent of the total risk-weighted
assets of insured depository institutions
controlled by the acquiring bank
holding company; and
(C) No insured depository institution
controlled by the acquiring bank
holding company is undercapitalized;
(2) W ell-managed organization, (i)
Satisfactory exam ination ratings. At the
time of the transaction, the acquiring
bank holding company, its lead insured
depository institution, and insured
depository institutions that control at
least 80 percent of the total riskweighted assets of insured depository
institutions controlled by the holding
com pany are well-managed;
(ii) No poorly m anaged institutions.
No insured depository institution
controlled by the acquiring bank
holding company has received 1 of the
2 lowest composite ratings at the later
of the institution’s most recent
examination or subsequent review by
the appropriate federal banking agency
for the institution;
(iii) R ecently acquired institutions
excluded. Any insured depository
institution that has been acquired by the
bank holding company during the 12-

m onth period preceding the date on
w hich w ritten notice is filed under
paragraph (a) of this section may be
excluded for purposes of paragraph
(c)(2)(ii) of this section i f :
(A) The bank holding company has
developed a plan acceptable to the
appropriate federal banking agency for
the institution to restore the capital and
m anagement of the institution; and
(B) All insured depository institutions
excluded under this paragraph
represent, in the aggregate, less than 10
percent of the aggregate total riskw eighted assets of all insured
depository institutions controlled by the
bank holding company;
(3) Convenience ana needs criteria—
(i) Effect on the com m unity. The record
indicates that the proposed transaction
w ould m eet the convenience and needs
of the com m unity standard in the BHC
Act; and
(ii) Established CRA perform ance
record. At the time of the transaction,
the lead insured depository institution
of the acquiring bank holding company
and insured depository institutions that
control at least 80 percent of the total
risk-weighted assets of insured
institutions controlled by the holding
company have received a satisfactory or
better composite rating at the most
recent exam ination under the
Comm unity Reinvestment Act;
(4) Public com m ent. No com m ent that
is timely and substantive as provided in
§ 225.16 is received by the Board or the
appropriate Reserve Bank other than a
comment that supports approval of the
proposal;
(5) Com petitive criteria—(i)
Competitive screen. W ithout regard to
any divestitures proposed by the
acquiring bank holding company, the
acquisition does not cause:
(A) Insured depository institutions
controlled by the acquiring bank
holding company to control in excess of
35 percent of market deposits in any
relevant banking market; or
(B) The Herfindahl-Hirschman index
to increase by more than 200 points in
any relevant banking m arket w ith a
post-acquisition index of at least 1800;
and
(ii) D epartm ent o f Justice. The
Department of Justice has not indicated
to the Board that consum m ation of the
transaction is likely to have a
significantly adverse effect on
competition in any relevant banking
market;
(6) Size o f acquisition—(i) In
general—(A) Lim ited Growth. Except as
provided in paragraph (c)(6)(ii) of this
section, the sum of the aggregate riskw eighted assets to be acquired in the
proposal and the aggregate risk-

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
w eighted assets acquired by the
acquiring bank holding com pany in all
other qualifying transactions does not
exceed 35 percent of the consolidated
risk-weighted assets of the acquiring
bank holding company. For purposes of
this paragraph other qualifying
transactions m eans any transaction
approved under this section or § 225.23
during the 12 m onths prior to filing the
notice under this section; and
(B) Individual size lim itation. The
total risk-weighted assets to be acquired
do not exceed $7.5 billion;
(ii) Sm all bank holding com panies.
Paragraph (c)(6)(i)(A) of this section
shall not apply if, immediately
following consum m ation of the
proposed transaction, the consolidated
risk-weighted assets of the acquiring
bank holding company are less than
$300 million;
(7) Supervisory actions. During the
12-month period ending on the date on
w hich the bank holding company
proposes to consum m ate the proposed
transaction, no formal adm inistrative
order, including a w ritten agreement,
cease and desist order, capital directive,
prom pt corrective action directive, asset
m aintenance agreement, or other formal
enforcement action, is or was
outstanding against the bank holding
company or any insured depository
institution subsidiary of the holding
company, and no formal adm inistrative
enforcement proceeding involving any
such enforcement action, order, or
directive is or was pending;
(8) Interstate acquisitions. Boardapproval of the transaction is not
prohibited under section 3(d) of the
BHC Act;
(9) Other supervisory considerations.
Board approval of the transaction is not
prohibited under the informational
sufficiency or comprehensive hom e
country supervision standards set forth
in section 3(c)(3) of the BHC Act; and
(10) Notification. The acquiring bank
holding company has not been notified
by the Board, in its discretion, prior to
the expiration of the period in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section that an
application under § 225.15 is required
in order to perm it closer review of any
financial, managerial, competitive,
convenience and needs or other matter
related to the factors that m ust be
considered under this part.
(d) C om m ent by prim ary banking
supervisor—(1) Notice. Upon receipt of
a notice under this section, the
appropriate Reserve Bank shall
prom ptly furnish notice of the proposal
and a copy of the information filed
pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section
to the primary banking supervisor of the

insured depository institutions to be
acquired.
(2) C om m ent period. The primary
banking supervisor shall have 30
calendar days (or such shorter tim e as
agreed to by the primary banking
supervisor) from the date of the letter
giving notice in w hich to subm it its
views and recom m endations to the
Board.
(3) A ction subject to supervisor’s
com m ent. Action by the Board or the
Reserve Bank on a proposal under this
section is subject to the condition that
the prim ary banking supervisor not
recom m end in writing to the Board
disapproval of the proposal prior to the
expiration of the comment period
described in paragraph (d)(2) of this
section. In such event, any approval
given under this section shall be
revoked and, if required by section 3(b)
of the BHC Act, the Board shall order a
hearing on the proposal.
(4) Emergencies. Notw ithstanding
paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this
section, the Board may provide the
prim ary banking supervisor w ith 10
calendar days’ notice of a proposal
under this section if the Board finds that
an emergency exists requiring
expeditious action, and may act during
the notice period or w ithout providing
notice to the primary banking
supervisor if the Board finds that it m ust
act im m ediately to prevent probable
failure.
(5) Primary banking supervisor. For
purposes of this section and § 225.15(b),
the prim ary banking supervisor for an
institution is:
(i) The Office of the Comptroller of
the Currency, in the case of a national
banking association or District bank;
(ii) The appropriate supervisory
authority for the State in w hich the bank
is chartered, in the case of a State bank;
(iii) The Director of the Office of
Thrift Supervision, in the case of a
savings association.
(e) Branches and agencies o f foreign
banking organizations. For purposes of
this section, a U.S. branch or agency of
a foreign banking organization shall be
considered to be an insured depository
institution. A U.S. branch or agency of
a foreign banking organization shall be
subject to paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this
section only to the extent it is insured
by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation in accordance w ith section
6 of the International Banking Act of
1978 (12 U.S.C. 3104).
§ 225.15 Procedures for other bank
acquisition proposals.

(a) Filing application. Except as
provided in § 225.14, an application for
the Board’s prior approval under this

9327

subpart shall be governed by the
provisions of this section and shall be
filed w ith the appropriate Reserve Bank
on the designated form.
(b) N otice to prim ary banking
supervisor. Upon receipt of an
application under this subpart, the
Reserve Bank shall prom ptly furnish
notice and a copy of the application to
the prim ary banking supervisor of each
bank to be acquired. The primary
supervisor shall have 30 calendar days
from the date of the letter giving notice
in w hich to submit its views and
recom m endations to the Board.
(c) A ccepting application for
processing. W ithin 7 calendar days after
the Reserve Bank receives an
application under this section, the
Reserve Bank shall accept it for
processing as of the date the application
was filed or return the application if it
is substantially incomplete. Upon
accepting an application, the Reserve
Bank shall immediately send copies to
the Board. The Reserve Bank or the
Board may request additional
information necessary to complete the
record of an application at any time
after accepting the application for
processing.
(d) A ction on applications—(1) Action
under delegated authority. The Reserve
Bank shall approve an application
under this section w ithin 30 calendar
days after the acceptance date for the
application, unless the Reserve Bank,
upon notice to the applicant, refers the
application to the Board for decision
because action under delegated
authority is not appropriate.
(2) Board action. The Board shall act
on an application under this subpart
that is referred to it for decision w ithin
60 calendar days after the acceptance
date for the application, unless the
Board notifies the applicant that the 60day period is being extended for a
specified period and states the reasons
for the extension. In no event may the
extension exceed the 91-day period
provided in § 225.16(f). The Board may,
at any time, request additional
information that it believes is necessary
for its decision.
§ 225.16 Public notice, comments,
hearings, and other provisions governing
applications and notices.

(a) In general. The provisions of this
section apply to all notices and
applications filed under § 225.14 and
§225.15.
(b) Public notice—(1) Newspaper
publication—(i) Location o f publication.
In the case of each notice or application
subm itted under § 225.14 or § 225.15,
the applicant shall publish a notice in
a new spaper of general circulation, in

9328

Federal Register / Vol*. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

the form and at the locations specified
in § 262.3 of the Rules of Procedure (12
CFR 262.3);
(ii) Contents o f notice. A new spaper
notice u nder this paragraph shall
provide an opportunity for interested
persons to com m ent on the proposal for
a period of at least 30 calendar days;
(iii) Tim ing o f publication. Each
new spaper notice published in
connection w ith a proposal u nder this
paragraph shall be published no more
than 15 calendar days before and no
later than 7 calendar days following the
date that a notice or application is filed
w ith the appropriate Reserve Bank.
(2) Federal Register notice. (i)
Publication by Board. Upon receipt of a
notice or application u n der § 225.14 or
§ 225.15, the Board shall prom ptly
publish notice of the proposal in the
Federal Register and shall provide an
opportunity for interested persons to
comment on the proposal for a period of
no more than 30 days;
(ii) R equest fo r advance publication.
A bank holding company may request
that, during the 15-day period prior to
filing a notice or application under
§ 225.14 or § 225.15, the Board publish
notice of a proposal in the Federal
Register. A request for advance Federal
Register publication shall be m ade in
writing to the appropriate Reserve Bank
and shall contain the identifying
information prescribed by the Board for
Federal Register publication;
(3) Waiver or shortening o f notice. The
Board may waive or shorten the
required notice periods under this
section if the Board determ ines that an
emergency exists requiring expeditious
action on the proposal, or if the Board
finds that im m ediate action is necessary
to prevent the probable failure of an
insured depository institution.
(c)
Public com m ent—(1) Tim ely
com m ents. Interested persons may
submit inform ation and comments
regarding a proposal filed u nd er this
subpart. A com ment shall be considered
timely for purposes of this subpart if the
comment, together w ith all
supplem ental information, is submitted
in writing in accordance w ith the
Board’s Rules of Procedure and received
by the Board or the appropriate Reserve
Bank prior to the expiration of the latest
public com m ent period provided in
paragraph (b) of this section.
(2) Extension o f com m ent period—(i)
In general. The Board may, in its
discretion, extend the public comment
period regarding any proposal
submitted under this subpart.
(ii) Requests in connection with
obtaining application or notice. In the
event that an interested person has
requested a copy of a notice or

application subm itted u n der this
subpart, the Board may, in its discretion
and based on the facts and
circumstances, grant such person an
extension of the com m ent period for up
to 15 calendar days.
(iii) Joint requests by interested
person and acquiring com pany. The
Board w ill grant a joint request by an
interested person and the acquiring
bank holding company for an extension
of the comment period for a reasonable
period for a purpose related to the
statutory factors the Board m ust
consider under this subpart.
(3) Substantive com m ent. A comment
w ill be considered substantive for
purposes of this subpart unless it
involves individual com plaints, or
raises frivolous, previously-considered
or w holly unsubstantiated claims or
irrelevant issues.
(d) N otice to A ttorney General. The
Board or Reserve Bank shall
immediately notify the United States
Attorney General of approval of any
notice or application under § 225.14 or
§225.15.
(e) Hearings. As provided in section
3(b) of the BHC Act, the Board shall
order a hearing on any application or
notice under § 225.15 if the Board
receives from the primary supervisor of
the bank to be acquired, w ithin the 30day period specified in § 225.15(b), a
w ritten recom m endation of disapproval
of an application. The Board may order
a formal or informal hearing or other
proceeding on the application or notice,
as provided in § 262.3(i)(2) of the
Board’s Rules of Procedure. Any request
for a hearing (other than from the
primary supervisor) shall comply with
§ 262.3(e) of the Rules of Procedure (12
CFR 262.3(e)).
(f) A pproval through failure to act—
(1) Ninety-one day rule. An application
or notice under § 225.14 or § 225.15
shall be deemed approved if the Board
fails to act on the application or notice
w ithin 91 calendar days after the date of
submission to the Board of the complete
record on the application. For this
purpose, the Board acts w hen it issues
an order stating that the Board has
approved or denied the application or
notice, reflecting the votes of the
members of the Board, and indicating
that a statement of the reasons for the
decision w ill follow promptly.
(2) Complete record. For the purpose
of computing the com m encem ent of the
91-day period, the record is complete on
the latest of:
(i) The date of receipt by the Board of
an application or notice that has been
accepted by the Reserve Bank;
(ii) The last day provided in any
notice for receipt of comments and

hearing requests on the application or
notice;
(iii) The date of receipt by the Board
of the last relevant material regarding
the application or notice that is needed
for the Board’s decision, if the material
is received from a source outside of the
Federal Reserve System; or
(iv) The date of completion of any
hearing or other proceeding.
(g) Exceptions to notice and hearing
requirements.
(1) Probable bank failure. If the Board
finds it m ust act imm ediately on an
application or notice in order to prevent
the probable failure of a bank or bank
holding company, the Board may
modify or dispense w ith the notice and
hearing requirements of this section.
(2) Emergency. If the Board finds that,
although immediate action on an
application or notice is not necessary,
an emergency exists requiring
expeditious action, the Board shall
provide the prim ary supervisor 10 days
to submit its recommendation. The
Board may act on such an application or
notice w ithout a hearing and may
modify or dispense w ith the other
notice and hearing requirements of this
section.
(h) Waiting period. A transaction
approved under § 225.14 or § 225.15
shall not be consum m ated until 30 days
after the date of approval of the
application, except that a transaction
may be consummated:
(1) Immediately upon approval, if the
Board has determ ined under paragraph
(g) of this section that the application or
notice involves a probable bank failure;
(2) On or after the 5th calendar day
following the date of approval, if the
Board has determ ined under paragraph
(g) of this section that an emergency
exists requiring expeditious action; or
(3) On or after the 15th calendar day
following the date of approval, if the
Board has not received any adverse
comments from the United States
Attorney General relating to the
competitive factors and the Attorney
General has consented to the shorter
waiting period.
§225.17 Notice procedure for one-bank
holding company formations.

(a) Transactions that qualify under
this section. An acquisition by a
company of control of a bank may be
consumm ated 30 days after providing
notice to the appropriate Reserve Bank
in accordance w ith paragraph (b) of this
section, provided that all of the
following conditions are met:
(1) The shareholder or shareholders
w ho control at least 67 percent of the
shares of the bank will control,
im m ediately after the reorganization, at

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
least 67 percent of the shares of the
holding com pany in substantially the
same proportion, except for changes in
shareholders’ interests resulting from
the exercise of dissenting shareholders’
rights under state or federal la w ;3
(2) No shareholder, or group of
shareholders acting in concert, will,
following the reorganization, ow n or
control 10 percent or more of any class
of voting shares of the bank holding
company, unless that shareholder or
group of shareholders was authorized,
after review u n der the Change in Bank
Control Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 1817(j))
by the appropriate federal banking
agency for the bank, to own or control
10 percent or more of any class of voting
shares of the ban k ;4
(3) The bank is adequately capitalized
(as defined in section 38 of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C.
1831o));
(4) The bank received at least a
composite “satisfactory” rating at its
most recent examination, in the event
that the bank was examined;
(5) At the tim e of the reorganization,
neither the bank nor any of its officers,
directors, or principal shareholders is
involved in any unresolved supervisory
or enforcement matters with any
appropriate federal banking agency;
(6) The com pany demonstrates that
any debt that it incurs at the tim e of the
reorganization, and the proposed means
of retiring this debt, w ill not place
un due burden on the holding company
or its subsidiary on a pro form a b asis;5
(7) The holding company w ill not, as
a result of the reorganization, acquire
control of any additional bank or engage
in any activities other than those of
managing and controlling banks; and
(8) During this period, neither the
appropriate Reserve Bank nor the Board
objected to the proposal or required the
filing of an application under § 225.15
of this subpart.
3 A shareholder of a bank in reorganization will
be considered to have the same proportional
interest in the holding com pany if the shareholder
interest increases, on a pro rata basis, as a result
of either the redem ption of shares from dissenting
shareholders by the bank or bank holding company,
or the acquisition of shares of dissenting
shareholders by the rem aining shareholders.
4 This procedure is not available in cases in
w hich the exercise of dissenting shareholders’
rights would cause a com pany that is not a bank
holding com pany (other than the com pany in
formation) to be required to register as a bank
holding company. This procedure also is not
available for the formation of a bank holding
com pany organized in m utual form.
5 For a banking organization w ith consolidated
assets, on a p roform a basis, of less than $150
m illion (other than a banking organization that will
control a de novo bank), this requirem ent is
satisfied if the proposal complies w ith the Board’s
policy statement on small bank holding companies
(Appendix C of this part).

(b) Contents o f notice. A notice filed
under this paragraph shall include:
(1) Certification by the notificant’s
board of directors that the requirem ents
of 12 U.S.C. 1842(a)(C) and this section
are met by the proposal;
(2) A list identifying all principal
shareholders of the bank prior to the
reorganization and of the holding
com pany following the reorganization,
an d specifying the percentage of shares
held by each principal shareholder in
the bank and proposed to be held in the
new holding company;
(3) A description of the resulting
management of the proposed bank
holding company and its subsidiary
bank, including:
(i) Biographical information regarding
any senior officers and directors of the
resulting bank holding com pany w ho
were not senior officers or directors of
the bank prior to the reorganization; and
(ii) A detailed history of the
involvem ent of any officer, director, or
principal shareholder of the resulting
bank holding com pany in any
adm inistrative or criminal proceeding;
and
(4) Pro form a financial statements for
the holding company, and a description
of the amount, source, and terms of
debt, if any, that the bank holding
company proposes to incur, and
information regarding the sources and
tim ing for debt service and retirement.
(c) A cknow ledgm ent o f notice. W ithin
7 calendar days following receipt of a
notice under this section, the Reserve
Bank shall provide the notificant w ith a
w ritten acknowledgment of receipt of
the notice. This w ritten
acknowledgment shall indicate that the
transaction described in the notice may
be consum m ated on the 30th calendar
day after the date of receipt of the notice
if the Reserve Bank or the Board has not
objected to the proposal during that
time.
(d) A pplication required upon
objection. The Reserve Bank or the
Board may object to a proposal during
the notice period by providing the bank
holding company w ith a written
explanation of the reasons for the
objection. In such case, the bank
holding company may file an
application for prior approval of the
proposal pursuant to § 225.15 of this
subpart.
4.
Subpart C is revised to read as
follows:

9329

Subpart C— Nonbanking Activities and
Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies
Sec.
225.21 Prohibited nonbanking activities
and acquisitions; exem pt bank holding
com panies.
225.22 Exempt nonbanking activities and
acquisitions.
225.23 Expedited action for nonbanking
proposals by well-run bank holding
com panies.
225.24 Procedures for other nonbanking
proposals.
225.25 Hearings, alteration of activities, and
other matters.
225.26 Factors considered in acting on
nonbanking proposals.
225.27 Procedures for determ ining scope o f
nonbanking activities.
225.28 List o f perm issible nonbanking
activities.

Subpart C—Nonbanking Activities and
Acquisitions by Bank Holding
Companies
§225.21 Prohibited nonbanking activities
and acquisitions; exempt bank holding
companies.

(a) Prohibited nonbanking activities
and acquisitions. Except as provided in
§ 225.22 of this subpart, a bank holding
company or a subsidiary may not engage
in, or acquire or control, directly or
indirectly, voting securities or assets of
a com pany engaged in, any activity
other than:
(1) Banking or managing or
controlling banks and other subsidiaries
authorized under the BHC Act; and
(2) An activity that the Board
determines to be so closely related to
banking, or managing or controlling
banks as to be a proper incident thereto,
including any incidental activities that
are necessary to carry on such an
activity, if the bank holding company
has obtained the prior approval of the
Board for that activity in accordance
w ith the requirem ents of this regulation.
(b) E xem pt bank holding com panies.
The following bank holding companies
are exem pt from the provisions of this
subpart:
(1) Fam ily-owned com panies. Any
company that is a “ company covered in
1970” (as defined in section 2(b) of the
BHC Act), more than 85 percent of the
voting securities of w hich was
collectively owned on June 30,1968,
and continuously thereafter, by
members of the same family (or their
spouses) who are lineal descendants of
common ancestors.
(2) Labor, agricultural, and
horticultural organizations. Any
company that was on January 4 , 1977,
both a bank holding company and a
labor, agricultural, or horticultural
organization exempt from taxation

9330

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

un der section 501 of the Internal
Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 501(c)).
(3) C om panies granted hardship
exem ption. Any bank holding com pany
that has controlled only one bank since
before July 1,1968, and that has been
granted an exem ption by the Board
un der section 4(d) of the BHC Act,
subject to any conditions im posed by
the Board.
(4) Companies granted exem ption on
other grounds. Any company that
acquired control of a bank before
December 10,1982, w ithout the Board’s
prior approval u nder section 3 of the
BHC Act, on the basis of a narrow
interpretation of the term dem and
deposit or com m ercial loan, if the Board
has determ ined that:
(i) Coverage of the company as a bank
holding company under this subpart
w ould be unfair or represent an
unreasonable hardship; and
(ii) Exclusion of the company from
coverage under this part is consistent
w ith the purposes of the BHC Act and
section 106 of the Bank Holding
Company Act Am endm ents of 1970 (12
U.S.C. 1971, 1972(1)). The provisions of
§ 225.4 of subpart A of this part do not
apply to a company exempt under this
paragraph.

(1) The bank holding company or its
subsidiaries in connection w ith their
activities as authorized by law,
including services that are necessary to
fulfill commitments entered into by the
subsidiaries w ith third parties, if the
bank holding company or servicing
com pany complies w ith the Board’s
published interpretations and does not
act as principal in dealing w ith third
parties; and
(2) The internal operations of the bank
holding company or its subsidiaries.
Services for the internal operations of
the bank holding company or its
subsidiaries include, but are not limited
to:
(i) Accounting, auditing, and
appraising;
(ii) Advertising and public relations;
(iii) Data processing and data
transm ission services, data bases, or
facilities;
(iv) Personnel services;
(v) Courier services;
(vi) Holding or operating property
used w holly or substantially by a
subsidiary in its operations or for its
future use;
(vii) Liquidating property acquired
from a subsidiary;
(viii) Liquidating property acquired
from any sources either prior to May 9,
1956, or the date on w hich the company
§ 225.22 Exempt nonbanking activities and
became a bank holding company,
acquisitions.
w hichever is later; and
(a) Certain de novo activities. A bank
(ix) Selling, purchasing, or
holding company may, either directly or underw riting insurance, such as blanket
indirectly, engage de novo in any
bond insurance, group insurance for
nonbanking activity listed in § 225.28(b) employees, and property and casualty
(other than operation of an insured
insurance.
depository institution) w ithout
^ (c) Safe deposit business. A bank
obtaining the Board’s prior approval if
holding company or nonbank subsidiary
the bank holding company:
may, w ithout the Board’s prior
(1) Meets the requirem ents of
approval, conduct a safe deposit
paragraphs (c) (1), (2), and (6) of
business, or acquire voting securities of
§225.23;
a company that conducts such a
(2) Conducts the activity in
business.
com pliance w ith all Board orders and
(d)
Nonbanking acquisitions not
regulations governing the activity; and
requiring prior Board approval. The
(3) W ithin 10 business days after
Board’s prior approval is not required
commencing the activity, provides
under this subpart for the following
w ritten notice to the appropriate
acquisitions:
Reserve Bank describing the activity,
(1)
DPC acquisitions, (i) Voting
identifying the com pany or companies
securities or assets, acquired by
engaged in the activity, and certifying
foreclosure or otherwise, in the ordinary
that the activity w ill be conducted in
course of collecting a debt previously
accordance w ith the Board’s orders and
contracted (DPC property) in good faith,
regulations and that the bank holding
if the DPC property is divested w ithin
com pany meets the requirements of
two years of acquisition.
paragraphs (c) (1), (2), and (6) of
(ii) The Board may, upon request,
§225.23.
extend this two-year period for up to
(b) Servicing activities. A bank
three additional years. The Board may
holding company may, w ithout the
perm it additional extensions for up to 5
Board’s prior approval under this
years (for a total of 10 years), for shares,
subpart, furnish services to or perform
real estate or other assets where the
holding company demonstrates that
services for, or establish or acquire a
com pany that engages solely in
each extension would not be
servicing activities for:
detrimental to the public interest and

either the bank holding com pany has
m ade good faith attem pts to dispose of
such shares, real estate or other assets or
disposal of the shares, real estate or
other assets during the initial period
w ould have been detrim ental to the
company.
(iii) Transfers of DPC property w ithin
the bank holding company system do
not extend any period for divestiture of
the property.
(2) Securities or assets required to be
divested by subsidiary. Voting securities
or assets required to be divested by a
subsidiary at the request of an
examining federal or state authority
(except by the Board u nder the BHC Act
or this regulation), if the bank holding
com pany divests the securities or assets
w ithin two years from the date acquired
from the subsidiary.
(3) Fiduciary investm ents. Voting
securities or assets acquired by a bank
or other company (other than a trust that
is a company) in good faith in a
fiduciary capacity, if the voting
securities or assets are:
(i) Held in the ordinary course of
business; and
(ii) Not acquired for the benefit of the
company or its shareholders,
employees, or subsidiaries.
(4) Securities eligible fo r investm ent
by national bank. Voting securities of
the kinds and am ounts explicitly
eligible by federal statute (other than
section 4 of the Bank Service
Corporation Act, 12 U.S.C. 1864) for
investm ent by a national bank, and
voting securities acquired prior to June
30, 1971, in reliance on section 4(c)(5)
of the BHC Act and interpretations of
the Comptroller of the Currency under
section 5136 of the Revised Statutes (12
U.S.C. 24(7)).
(5) Securities or property representing
5 percent or less o f a com pany. Voting
securities of a company or property that,
in the aggregate, represent 5 percent or
less of the outstanding shares of any
class of voting securities of a company,
or that represent a 5 percent interest or
less in the property, subject to the
provisions of 12 CFR 225.137.
(6) Securities o f investm ent com pany.
Voting securities of an investment
company that is solely engaged in
investing in securities and that does not
own or control more than 5 percent of
the outstanding shares of any class of
voting securities of any company.
(7) A ssets acquired in ordinary course
o f business. Assets of a company
acquired in the ordinary course of
business, subject to the provisions of 12
CFR 225.132, if the assets relate to
activities in w hich the acquiring
company has previously received Board

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
approval u nd er this regulation to
engage.
(8) A sset acquisitions by lending
com pa ny or industrial bank. Assets of
an office(s) of a company, all or
substantially all of w hich relate to
making, acquiring, or servicing loans if:
(1) The acquiring com pany has
previously received Board approval
u nd er this regulation or is not required
to obtain prior Board approval under
this regulation to engage in lending
activities or industrial banking
activities;
(ii) The assets acquired during any 12m onth period do not represent more
than 50 percent of the risk-weighted
assets (on a consolidated basis) of the
acquiring lending com pany or industrial
bank, or more than $100 million,
w hichever am ount is less;
(iii) The assets acquired do not
represent more than 50 percent of the
selling com pany’s consolidated assets
that are devoted to lending activities or
industrial banking business;
(iv) The acquiring com pany notifies
the Reserve Bank of the acquisition
w ithin 30 days after the acquisition; and
(v) The acquiring company, after
giving effect to the transaction, meets
the Board’s Capital Adequacy
Guidelines (Appendix A of this part),
and the Board has not previously
notified the acquiring com pany that it
may not acquire assets under the
exem ption in this paragraph.
(e) A cquisition o f securities by
subsidiary banks—(1) N ational bank. A
national bank or its subsidiary may,
w ithout the Board’s approval under this
subpart, acquire or retain securities on
the basis of section 4(c)(5) of the BHC
Act in accordance w ith the regulations
of the Comptroller of the Currency.
(2) State bank. A state-chartered bank
or its subsidiary may, insofar as federal
law is concerned, and w ithout the
Board’s prior approval under this
subpart:
(i) Acquire or retain securities, on the
basis of section 4(c)(5) of the BHC Act,
of the kinds and am ounts explicitly
eligible by federal statute for investment
by a national bank; or
(ii) Acquire or retain all (but, except
for directors’ qualifying shares, not less
than all) of the securities of a company
that engages solely in activities in w hich
the parent bank may engage, at locations
at w hich the bank may engage in the
activity, and subject to the same
limitations as if the bank were engaging
in the activity directly.
(f) A ctivities and securities o f new
bank holding com panies. A company
that becomes a bank holding company
may, for a period of two years, engage
in nonbanking activities and control

voting securities or assets of a nonbank
subsidiary, if the bank holding com pany
engaged in such activities or controlled
such voting securities or assets on the
date it became a bank holding company.
The Board may grant requests for u p to
three one-year extensions of the twoyear period.
(g) G randfathered activities and
securities. Unless the Board orders
divestiture or term ination under section
4(a)(2) of the BHC Act, a “company
covered in 1970,” as defined in section
2(b) of the BHC Act, may:
(1) Retain voting securities or assets
and engage in activities that it has
lawfully held or engaged in
continuously since June 30,1968; and
(2) Acquire voting securities of any
new ly formed com pany to engage in
such activities.
(h) Securities or activities exem pt
under Regulation K. A bank holding
com pany may acquire voting securities
or assets and engage in activities as
authorized in Regulation K (12 CFR part

9331

(A) If the bank holding com pany has
consolidated assets of $150 m illion or
more, an abbreviated consolidated pro
form a balance sheet for the acquiring
bank holding com pany as of the most
recent quarter showing credit and debit
adjustments that reflect the proposed
transaction, consolidated pro form a
risk-based capital ratios for the
acquiring bank holding company as of
the most recent quarter, a description of
the purchase price and the terms and
sources of funding for the transaction,
and the total revenue and net income of
the company to be acquired;
(B) If the bank holding company has
consolidated assets of less than $150
million, a pro form a parent-only balance
sheet as of the most recent quarter
showing credit and debit adjustments
that reflect the proposed transaction, a
description of the purchase price and
the terms and sources of funding for the
transaction and the sources and
schedule for retiring any debt incurred
in the transaction, and the total assets,
off-balance sheet items, revenue and net
2 1 1 ).
income of the company to be acquired;
(C) For each insured depository
§ 225.23 Expedited action for certain
nonbanking proposals by well-run bank
institution whose Tier 1 capital, total
holding companies.
capital, total assets or risk-weighted
(a) Filing o f notice—(1) Inform ation assets change as a result of the
transaction, the total risk-weighted
required. A bank holding company that
assets, total assets, Tier 1 capital and
meets the requirem ents of paragraph (c)
of this section may satisfy the notice
total capital of the institution on a pro
form a basis;
requirem ent of this subpart in
(iv) Identification of the geographic
connection w ith the acquisition of
markets in w hich com petition w ould be
voting securities or assets of a company
affected by the proposal, a description
engaged in nonbanking activities that
of the effect of the proposal on
the Board has perm itted by order or
competition in the relevant markets, a
regulation (other than an insured
depository institution) >, or a proposal to list of the major competitors in that
market in the proposed activity if the
engage de novo, either directly or
affected m arket is local in nature, and,
indirectly, in a nonbanking activity that
if requested, the market indexes for the
the Board has perm itted by order or by
regulation, by providing the appropriate relevant market; and
(v) A description of the public
Reserve Bank w ith a w ritten notice
benefits that can reasonably be expected
containing the following:
to result from the transaction.
(i) A certification that all of the
(2)
W aiver o f unnecessary
criteria in paragraph (c) of this section
inform ation. The Reserve Bank may
are met;
reduce the information requirements in
(ii) A description of the transaction
paragraphs (a)(1) (iii) and (iv) of this
that includes identification of the
section as appropriate.
companies involved in the transaction,
(b)(1) A ction on proposals under this
the activities to be conducted, and a
section. The Board or the appropriate
com mitment to conduct the proposed
activities in conformity w ith the Board’s Reserve Bank shall act on a proposal
submitted under this section, or notify
regulations and orders governing the
the
bank holding com pany that the
conduct of the proposed activity;
transaction is subject to the procedure
(iii) If the proposal involves an
in § 225.24, w ithin 12 business days
acquisition of a going concern:
following the filing of all of the
information required in paragraph (a) of
1A bank holding com pany may acquire voting
this section.
securities or assets of a savings association or other
insured depository institution that is not a bank by
(2)
A cceptance o f notice i f expedited
using the procedures in § 225.14 of subpart B if the
procedure n o t available. If the Board or
bank holding com pany and the proposal qualify
the Reserve Bank determines, after the
under that section as if the savings association or
filing of a notice under this section, that
other institution were a bank for purposes of that
section.
a bank holding company may not use

9332

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

the procedure in this section and m ust
file a notice u n der § 225.24, the notice
shall be deem ed accepted for purposes
of § 225.24 as of the date that the notice
w as filed u nd er this section.
(c)
Criteria fo r use o f expedited
procedure. The procedure in this
section is available only if:
(1) W ell-capitalized organization—(i)
B ank holding com pany. Both at the time
of and im m ediately after the proposed
transaction, the acquiring bank holding
company is well-capitalized;
(ii) Insured depository institutions.
Both at the tim e of and immediately
after the transaction:
(A) The lead insured depository
institution of the acquiring bank holding
com pany is well-capitalized;
(B) W ell-capitalized insured
depository institutions control at least
80 percent of the total risk-weighted
assets of insured depository institutions
controlled by the acquiring bank
holding company; and
(C) No insured depository institution
controlled by the acquiring bank
holding com pany is undercapitalized;
(2) W ell-managed organization—(i)
Satisfactory exam ination ratings. At the
time of the transaction, the acquiring
bank holding company, its lead insured
depository institution, and insured
depository institutions that control at
least 80 percent of the total riskw eighted assets of insured depository
institutions controlled by such holding
company are well-managed;
(ii) No poorly m anaged institutions.
No insured depository institution
controlled by the acquiring bank
holding com pany has received 1 of the
2 lowest composite ratings at the later
of the institution’s most recent
exam ination or subsequent review by
the appropriate federal banking agency
for the institution.
(iii) R ecently acquired institutions
excluded. Any insured depository
institution that has been acquired by the
bank holding company during the 12m onth period preceding the date on
w hich w ritten notice is filed under
paragraph (a) of this section may be
excluded for purposes of paragraph
(c)(2)(ii) of this section if:
(A) The bank holding company has
developed a plan acceptable to the
appropriate federal banking agency for
the institution to restore the capital and
management of the institution; and
(B) All insured depository institutions
excluded under this paragraph
represent, in the aggregate, less than 10
percent of the aggregate total riskweighted assets of all insured
depository institutions controlled by the
bank holding company;

(3) Perm issible activity, (i) The Board
has determ ined by regulation or order
th at each activity proposed to be
conducted is so closely related to
banking, or managing or controlling
banks, as to be a proper incident thereto;
and
(ii) The Board has not indicated that
proposals to engage in the activity are
subject to the notice procedure provided
in §225.24;
(4) Com petitive criteria—(i)
Com petitive screen. In the case of the
acquisition of a going concern, the
acquisition, w ithout regard to any
divestitures proposed by the acquiring
bank holding company, does not cause:
(A) The acquiring bank holding
com pany to control in excess of 35
percent of the market share in any
relevant market; or
(B) The Herfindahl-Hirschm an index
to increase by more than 200 points in
any relevant market w ith a post­
acquisition index of at least 1800; and
(ii) Other com petitive factors. The
Board has not indicated that the
transaction is subject to close scrutiny
on competitive grounds;
(5) Size o f acquisition—(i) In
general—(A) Lim ited growth. Except as
provided in paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this
section, the sum of aggregate riskw eighted assets to be acquired in the
proposal and the aggregate riskw eighted assets acquired by the
acquiring bank holding company in all
other qualifying transactions does not
exceed 35 percent of the consolidated
risk-weighted assets of the acquiring
bank holding company. For purposes of
this paragraph, “other qualifying
transactions” means any transaction
approved u nder this section or § 225.14
during the 12 months prior to filing the
notice under this section;
(B) Consideration paid. The gross
consideration to be paid by the
acquiring bank holding com pany in the
proposal does not exceed 15 percent of
the consolidated Tier 1 capital of the
acquiring bank holding company; and
(C) Individual size lim itation. The
total risk-weighted assets to be acquired
do not exceed $7.5 billion;
(ii) Sm all bank holding companies.
Paragraph (c)(5)(i)(A) of this section
shall not apply if, immediately
following consum m ation of the
proposed transaction, the consolidated
risk-weighted assets of the acquiring
bank holding company are less than
$300 million;
(6) Supervisory actions. During the
12-month period ending on the date on
w hich the bank holding company
proposes to consummate the proposed
transaction, no formal administrative
order, including a w ritten agreement,

cease and desist order, capital directive,
prom pt corrective action directive, asset
m aintenance agreement, or other formal
enforcement order is or was outstanding
against the bank holding company or
any insured depository institution
subsidiary of the holding company, and
no formal adm inistrative enforcement
proceeding involving any such
enforcement action, order, or directive
is or was pending; and
(7) N otification. The bank holding
com pany has not been notified by the
Board, in its discretion, prior to the
expiration of the period in paragraph (b)
of this section that a notice under
§ 225.24 is required in order to perm it
closer review of any potential adverse
effect or other matter related to the
factors that must be considered under
this part.
(d) Branches and agencies o f foreign
banking organizations. For purposes of
this section, a U.S. branch or agency of
a foreign banking organization shall be
considered to be an insured depository
institution.
§ 225.24 Procedures for other nonbanking
proposals.

(a) Notice required fo r nonbanking
activities. Except as provided in
§ 225.22 and § 225.23, a notice for the
Board’s prior approval under § 225.21(a)
to engage in or acquire a company
engaged in a nonbanking activity shall
be filed by a bank holding company
(including a company seeking to
become a bank holding company) with
the appropriate Reserve Bank in
accordance w ith this section and the
Board’s Rules of Procedure (12 CFR
262.3).
(1) Engaging de novo in listed
activities. A bank holding company
seeking to commence or to engage de
novo, either directly or through a
subsidiary, in a nonbanking activity
listed in § 225.28 shall file a notice
containing a description of the activities
to be conducted and the identity of the
company that will conduct the activity.
(2) Acquiring com pany engaged in
listed activities. A bank holding
company seeking to acquire or control
voting securities or assets of a company
engaged in a nonbanking activity listed
in § 225.28 shall file a notice containing
the following:
(i) A description of the proposal,
including a description of each
proposed activity, and the effect of the
proposal on competition among entities
engaging in each proposed activity in
each relevant market w ith relevant
market indexes;
(ii) The identity of any entity involved
in the proposal, and, if the notificant
proposes to conduct the activity through

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
an existing subsidiary, a description of
bank holding com pany to conduct, a
the existing activities of the subsidiary;
com m itm ent to com ply w ith all the
(iii) A statem ent of the public benefits conditions and lim itations established
that can reasonably be expected to result by the Board governing the activity; and
from the proposal;
(ii) The information required in
(iv) If tne bank holding company has
paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section,
consolidated assets of $150 m illion or
as appropriate.
more:
(b) N otice provided to Board. The
(A) Parent com pany and consolidated Reserve Bank shall im m ediately send to
pro form a balance sheets for the
the Board a copy of any notice received
acquiring bank holding company as of
under paragraphs (a)(2) or (a)(3) of this
the most recent quarter showing credit
section.
(c) N otice to public—(1) Listed
and debit adjustm ents that reflect the
proposed transaction;
activities and activities approved by
(B) Consolidated pro form a risk-based order—(i) In a case involving an activity
capital and leverage ratio calculations
listed in § 225.28 or previously
for the acquiring bank holding company approved by the Board by order, the
as of the most recent quarter; and
Reserve Bank shall notify the Board for
(C) A description of the purchase
publication in the Federal Register
price and the terms and sources of
immediately upon receipt by the
funding for the transaction;
Reserve Bank of:
(v) If the bank holding company has
(A) A notice under this section; or
consolidated assets of less them $150
(B) A w ritten request that notice of a
million:
proposal u n der this section or § 225.23
(A) A pro form a parent-only balance
be published in the Federal Register.
sheet as of the most recent quarter
Such a request may request that Federal
show ing credit and debit adjustments
Register publication occur up to 15
that reflect the proposed transaction;
calendar days prior to subm ission of a
and
notice u n der this subpart.
(B) A description of the purchase
(ii) The Federal Register notice
price and the terms and sources of
published under this paragraph shall
funding for the transaction and, if the
invite public comment on the proposal,
transaction is debt funded, one-year
generally for a period of 15 days.
(2) N ew activities—(i) In general. In
income statement and cash flow
projections for the parent company, and the case of a notice under this subpart
involving an activity that is not listed in
the sources and schedule for retiring
§ 225.28 and that has not been
any debt incurred in the transaction;
(vi) For each insured depository
previously approved by the Board by
institution whose Tier 1 capital, total
order, the Board shall send notice of the
capital, total assets or risk-weighted
proposal to the Federal Register for
assets change as a result of the
publication, unless the Board
transaction, the total risk-weighted
determines that the notificant has not
assets, total assets, Tier 1 capital and
dem onstrated that the activity is so
total capital of the institution on a pro
closely related to banking or to
form a basis; and
managing or controlling banks as to be
(vii) A description of the management a proper incident thereto. The Federal
expertise, internal controls and risk
Register notice shall invite public
m anagement systems that will be
comment on the proposal for a
utilized in the conduct of the proposed
reasonable period of time, generally for
activities; and
30 days.
(viii) A copy of the purchase
(ii) Time fo r publication. The Board
agreements, and balance sheet and
shall send the notice required under this
income statements for the most recent
paragraph to the Federal Register
quarter and year-end for any company
w ithin 10 business days of acceptance
to be acquired.
by the Reserve Bank. The Board may
(3)
Engaging in or acquiring com pany extend the 10-day period for an
to engage in unlisted activities. A bank
additional 30 calendar days upon notice
holding company seeking to engage de
to the notificant. In the event notice of
novo in, or to acquire or control voting
a proposal is not published for
securities or assets of a company
comment, the Board shall inform the
engaged in, any activity not listed in
notificant of the reasons for the
§ 225.28 shall file a notice containing
decision.
the following:
(d) A ction on notices—(1) Reserve
(i)
Evidence that the proposed activityBank action—(i) In general. W ithin 30
is so closely related to banking or
calendar days after receipt by the
managing or controlling banks as to be
Reserve Bank of a notice filed pursuant
a proper incident thereto, or, if the
to paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this
Board previously determ ined by order
section, the Reserve Banks shall:
that the activity is permissible for a
(A) Approve the notice; or

9333

(B) Refer the notice to the Board for
decision because action u nd er delegated
authority is not appropriate.
(ii) Return o f incom plete notice.
W ithin 7 calendar days of receipt, the
Reserve Bank may return any notice as
informationally incom plete that does
not contain all of the information
required by this subpart. The return of
such a notice shall be deem ed action on
the notice.
(iii) N otice o f action. The Reserve
Bank shall prom ptly notify the bank
holding company of any action or
referral under this paragraph.
(iv) Close o f public com m en t period.
The Reserve Bank shall not approve any
notice under this paragraph (d)(1) of this
section prior to the third business day
after the close of the public comment
period, unless an emergency exists that
requires expedited or im m ediate action.
(2) Board action—(i) Internal
schedule. The Board seeks to act on
every notice referred to it for decision
w ithin 60 days of the date that the
notice is filed w ith the Reserve Bank. If
the Board is unable to act w ithin this
period, the Board shall notify the
notificant and explain the reasons and
the date by w hich the Board expects to
act.
(ii) Extension o f required period fo r
action—(A) In general. The Board may
extend the 60-day period required for
Board action u nder paragraph (d)(2)(i) of
this section for an additional 30 days
upon notice to the notificant.
(B) Unlisted activities. If a notice
involves a proposal to engage in an
activity that is not listed in § 225.28, the
Board may extend the period required
for Board action under paragraph
(d)(2)(i) of this section for an additional
90 days. This 90-day extension is in
addition to the 30-day extension period
provided in paragraph (d)(2)(ii)(A) of
this section. The Board shall notify the
notificant that the notice period has
been extended and explain the reasons
for the extension.
(3) Requests fo r additional
inform ation. The Board or the Reserve
Bank may modify the inform ation
requirements under this section or at
any time request any additional
information that either believes is
needed for a decision on any notice
under this section.
(4) Tolling o f period. The Board or the
Reserve Bank may at any tim e extend or
toll the time period for action on a
notice for any period w ith the consent
of the notificant.
§ 225.25 Hearings, alteration of activities,
and other matters.

(a)
Hearings—(1) Procedure to request
hearing. Any request for a hearing on a

9334

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

notice u nd er this subpart shall comply
w ith the provisions of 12 CFR 262.3(e).
(2) D eterm ination to h old hearing.
The Board m ay order a formal or
informal hearing or other proceeding on
a notice as provided in 12 CFR
262.3(i)(2). The Board shall order a
hearing only if there are disputed issues
of material fact that cannot be resolved
in some other manner.
(3) Extension o f period fo r hearing.
The Board may extend the tim e for
action on any notice for such tim e as is
reasonably necessary to conduct a
hearing and evaluate the hearing record.
Such extension shall not exceed 91
calendar days after the date of
submission to the Board of the complete
record on the notice. The procedures for
com putation of the 91-day rule as set
forth in § 225.16(f) apply to notices
under this subpart that involve hearings.
(b) A pproval through failure to act. (1)
Except as provided in paragraph (a) of
this section or § 225.24(d)(4), a notice
under this subpart shall be deem ed to be
approved at the conclusion of the period
that begins on the date the complete
notice is received by the Reserve Bank
or the Board and that ends 60 calendar
days plus any applicable extension and
tolling period thereafter.
(2) Complete notice. For purposes of
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a notice
shall be deem ed complete at such time
as it contains all inform ation required
by this subpart and all other information
requested by the Board or the Reserve
Bank.
(c) N otice to expand or alter
nonbanking activities—(1) De novo
expansion. A notice u nd er this subpart
is required to open a new office or to
form a subsidiary to engage in, or to
relocate an existing office engaged in, a
nonbanking activity that the Board has
previously approved for the bank
holding com pany under this regulation,
only if:
(1) The Board’s prior approval was
limited geographically;
(ii) The activity is to be conducted in
a country outside of the United States
and the bank holding com pany has not
previously received prior Board
approval under this regulation to engage
in the activity in that country; or
(iii) The Board or appropriate Reserve
Bank has notified the com pany that a
notice under this subpart is required.
(2) A ctivities outside U nited States.
With respect to activities to be engaged
in outside the United States that require
approval under this subpart, the
procedures of this section apply only to
activities to be engaged in directly by a
bank holding com pany that is not a
qualifying foreign banking organization,
or by a nonbank subsidiary of a bank

holding com pany approved u nd er this
subpart. Regulation K (12 CFR part 211)
governs other international operations
of bank holding companies.
(3) Alteration o f nonbanking activity.
Unless otherw ise perm itted by the
Board, a notice under this subpart is
required to alter a nonbanking activity
in any material respect from that
considered by the Board in acting on the
application or notice to engage in the
activity.
(d) Emergency savings association
acquisitions. In the case of a notice to
acquire a savings association, the Board
may modify or dispense w ith the public
notice and hearing requirem ents of this
subpart if the Board finds that an
emergency exists that requires the Board
to act im m ediately and the primary
federal regulator of the institution
concurs.
§225.26 Factors considered in acting on
nonbanking proposals.

(a) In general. In evaluating a notice
under § 225.23 or § 225.24, the Board
shall consider w hether the notificant’s
performance of the activities can
reasonably be expected to produce
benefits to the public (such as greater
convenience, increased competition,
and gains in efficiency) that outweigh
possible adverse effects (such as undue
concentration of resources, decreased or
unfair com petition, conflicts of interest,
and unsound banking practices).
(b) Financial and managerial
resources. Consideration of the factors
in paragraph (a) of this section includes
an evaluation of the financial and
managerial resources of the notificant,
including its subsidiaries and any
company to be acquired, the effect of the
proposed transaction on those
resources, and the management
expertise, internal control and riskmanagement systems, and capital of the
entity conducting the activity.
(c) Competitive effect o f de novo
proposals. Unless the record
demonstrates otherwise, the
com mencem ent or expansion of a
nonbanking activity de novo is
presum ed to result in benefits to the
public through increased competition.
(d) Denial fo r lack o f inform ation. The
Board may deny any notice subm itted
under this subpart if the notificant
neglects, fails, or refuses to furnish all
information required by the Board.
(e) Conditional approvals. The Board
may impose conditions on any
approval, including conditions to
address permissibility, financial,
managerial, safety and soundness,
competitive, compliance, conflicts of
interest, or other concerns to ensure that
approval is consistent w ith the relevant

statutory factors and other provisions of
the BHC Act.
§ 225.27 Procedures for determining
scope of nonbanking activities.

(a) A dvisory opinions regarding scope
o f previously approved nonbanking
activities—(1) R equest fo r advisory
opinion. Any person m ay submit a
request to the Board for an advisory
opinion regarding the scope of any
permissible nonbanking activity. The
request shall be subm itted in writing to
the Board and shall identify the
proposed parameters of the activity, or
describe the service or product that will
be provided, and contain an explanation
supporting an interpretation regarding
the scope of the permissible nonbanking
activity.
(2) Response to request. The Board
shall provide an advisory opinion
w ithin 45 days of receiving a w ritten
request under this paragraph.
(b) Procedure fo r consideration o f new
activities—(1) Initiation o f proceeding.
The Board may, at any time, on its own
initiative or in response to a written
request from any person, initiate a
proceeding to determ ine w hether any
activity is so closely related to banking
or managing or controlling banks as to
be a proper incident thereto.
(2) Requests fo r determ ination. Any
request for a Board determ ination that
an activity is so closely related to
banking or managing or controlling
banks as to be a proper incident thereto,
shall be subm itted to the Board in
writing, and shall contain evidence that
the proposed activity is so closely
related to banking or managing or
controlling banks as to be a proper
incident thereto.
(3) Publication. The Board shall
publish in the Federal Register notice
that it is considering the permissibility
of a new activity and invite public
comment for a period of at least 30
calendar days. In the case of a request
subm itted u nder paragraph (b) of this
section, the Board m ay determ ine not to
publish notice of the request if the
Board determines that the requester has
provided no reasonable basis for a
determ ination that the activity is so
closely related to banking, or managing
or controlling banks as to be a proper
incident thereto, and notifies the
requester of the determination.
(4) Com m ents and hearing requests.
Any comment and any request for a
hearing regarding a proposal under this
section shall com ply w ith the
provisions of § 262.3(e) of the Board’s
Rules of Procedure (12 CFR 262.3(e)).

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
§ 225.28 List of permissible nonbanking •
activities.

management, servicing, and collection 2
of assets of a type that an insured
(a) Closely related nonbanking
depository institution m ay originate and
activities. The activities listed in
own, if the company does not engage in
real property m anagem ent or real estate
paragraph (b) of this section are so
closely related to banking or managing
brokerage services as part of these
services.
or controlling banks as to be a proper
(vii) A cquiring debt in default.
incident thereto, and may be engaged in
Acquiring debt that is in default at the
by a bank holding company or its
tim e of acquisition, if the company:
subsidiary in accordance w ith the
(A) Divests shares or assets securing
requirem ents of this regulation.
(b) Activities determ ined by regulation debt in default that are not permissible
investm ents for bank holding
to be perm issible—(1) Extending credit
companies, w ithin the tim e period
cind servicing loans. Making, acquiring,
required for divestiture of property
brokering, or servicing loans or other
extensions of credit (including factoring, acquired in satisfaction of a debt
previously contracted under
issuing letters of credit and accepting
§ 225.12(b);3
drafts) for the com pany’s account or for
(B) Stands only in the position of a
the account of others.
creditor and does not purchase equity of
(2) A ctivities related to extending
obligors of debt in default (other than
credit. Any activity usual in connection
equity that may be collateral for such
w ith making, acquiring, brokering or
debt); and
servicing loans or other extensions of
(C) Does not acquire debt in default
credit, as determ ined by the Board. The
Board has determ ined that the following secured by shares of a bank or bank
holding company.
activities are usual in connection with
(viii) Real estate settlem ent servicing.
making, acquiring, brokering or
Providing real estate settlem ent
servicing loans or other extensions of
services.4
credit:
(3)
Leasing personal or real property.
(i) Real estate and personal property
Leasing personal or real property or
appraising. Performing appraisals of real
acting as agent, broker, or adviser in
estate and tangible and intangible
leasing such property if:
personal property, including securities.
(i) The lease is on a nonoperating
(ii) Arranging com m ercial real estate
basis;5
equity financing. Acting as intermediary
(ii) The initial term of the lease is at
for the financing of commercial or
least 90 days;
industrial incom e-producing real estate
(iii) In the case of leases involving real
by arranging for the transfer of the title,
property:
control, and risk of such a real estate
(A) At the inception of the initial
project to one or more investors, if the
lease, the effect of the transaction will
bank holding company and its affiliates
yield a return that w ill compensate the
do not have an interest in, or participate
in managing or developing, a real estate
2 Asset management services include acting as
agent in the liquidation or sale of loans and
project for w hich it arranges equity
collateral for loans, including real estate and other
financing, and do not promote or
assets acquired through foreclosure or in
sponsor the developm ent of the
satisfaction of debts previously contracted.
property.
3 For this purpose, the divestiture period for
property begins on the date that the debt is
(iii) Check-guaranty services.
acquired, regardless of w hen legal title to the
A uthorizing a subscribing m erchant to
property is acquired.
accept personal checks tendered by the
4 For purposes of this section, real estate
m erchant’s customers in paym ent for
settlement services do not include providing title
goods and services, and purchasing
insurance as principal, agent, or broker.
5 The requirem ent that the lease be on a
from the m erchant validly authorized
nonoperating basis m eans that the bank holding
checks that are subsequently
com pany may not, directly or indirectly, engage in
dishonored.
operating, servicing, m aintaining, or repairing
(iv) Collection agency services.
leased property during the lease term. For purposes
of the leasing of automobiles, the requirem ent that
Collecting overdue accounts receivable,
the lease be on a nonoperating basis means that the
either retail or commercial.
bank holding company may not, directly or
(v) Credit bureau services.
indirectly: (1) Provide servicing, repair, or
M aintaining information related to the
m aintenance of the leased vehicle during the lease
term; (2) purchase parts and accessories in bulk or
credit history of consumers and
for an individual vehicle after the lessee has taken
providing the information to a credit
delivery of the vehicle; (3) provide the loan of an
grantor w ho is considering a borrow er’s
automobile during servicing of the leased vehicle;
application for credit or who has
(4) purchase insurance for th e lessee; or (5) provide
for the renewal of the vehicle’s license merely as
extended credit to the borrower.
(vi) A sset m anagem ent, servicing, and a service to the lessee where the lessee could renew
the license without authorization from the lessor.
collection activities. Engaging under
The bank holding company may arrange for a third
contract w ith a third party in asset
party to provide these services or products.

9335

lessor for not less than the lessor’s full
investm ent in the property plus the
estimated total cost of financing the
property over the term of the lease from
rental payments, estim ated tax benefits,
and the estim ated residual value of the
property at the expiration of the initial
lease; and
(B) The estim ated residual value of
property for purposes of paragraph
(b)(3)(iii)(A) of this section shall not
exceed 25 percent of the acquisition cost
of the property to the lessor.
(4) Operating nonbank depository
institutions—(i) Industrial banking.
Owning, controlling, or operating an
industrial bank, Morris Plan bank, or
industrial loan company, so long as the
institution is not a bank.
(ii) Operating savings association.
Owning, controlling, or operating a
savings association, if the savings
association engages only in deposittaking activities, lending, and other
activities that are permissible for bank
holding companies under this subpart
C.
(5) Trust com pany functions.
Performing functions or activities that
may be performed by a trust company
(including activities of a fiduciary,
agency, or custodial nature), in the
m anner authorized by federal or state
law, so long as the com pany is not a
bank for purposes of section 2(c) of the
Bank Holding Company Act.
(6) Financial and investm en t advisory
activities. Acting as investm ent or
financial advisor to any person,
including (without, in any way, limiting
the foregoing):
(i) Serving as investm ent adviser (as
defined in section 2(a)(20) of the
Investment Company Act of 1940,15
U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(20)), to an investm ent
company registered under that act,
including sponsoring, organizing, and
managing a closed-end investm ent
company;
(ii) Furnishing general economic
information and advice, general
economic statistical forecasting services,
and industry studies;
(iii) Providing advice in connection
w ith mergers, acquisitions, divestitures,
investments, joint ventures, leveraged
buyouts, recapitalizations, capital
structurings, financing transactions and
similar transactions, and conducting
financial feasibility stu d ies;6
(iv) Providing information, statistical
forecasting, and advice w ith respect to
any transaction in foreign exchange,
swaps, and similar transactions,
6 Feasibility studies do not include assisting
management with the planning or marketing for a
given project or providing general operational or
management advice.

9336

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

commodities, and any forward contract,
option, future, option on a future, and
sim ilar instrum ents;
(v) Providing educational courses, and
instructional m aterials to consum ers on
individual financial managem ent
matters; and
(vi) Providing tax-planning and taxpreparation services to any person.
(7)
A gency transactional services fo r
custom er investm ents—(i) Securities
brokerage. Providing securities
brokerage services (including securities
clearing and/or securities execution
services on an exchange), w hether alone
or in com bination w ith investm ent
advisory services, and incidental
activities (including related securities
credit activities and custodial services),
if the securities brokerage services are
restricted to buying and selling
securities solely as agent for the account
of customers and do not include
securities underw riting or dealing.
(ii) Riskless principal transactions.
Buying and selling in the secondary
market all types of securities on the
order of customers as a “riskless
prin cipal” to the extent of engaging in
a transaction in w hich the company,
after receiving an order to buy (or sell)
a security from a customer, purchases
(or sells) the security for its own
account to offset a contem poraneous
sale to (or purchase from) the customer.
This does not include:
(A) Selling bank-ineligible securities 7
at the order of a custom er that is the
issuer of the securities, or selling bankineligible securities in any transaction
w here the com pany has a contractual
agreement to place the securities as
agent of the issuer; or
(B) Acting as a riskless principal in
any transaction involving a bankineligible security for w hich the
com pany or any of its affiliates acts as
underw riter (during the period of the
underw riting or for 30 days thereafter)
or dealer.8
(iii) Private placem ent services.
Acting as agent for the private
placem ent of securities in accordance
w ith the requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933 (1933 Act) and the rules of
the Securities and Exchange
7 A bank-ineligible security is any security that a
State member bank is not perm itted to underwrite
or deal in under 12 U.S.C. 24 and 335.
8 A com pany or its affiliates may not enter quotes
for specific bank-ineligible securities in any dealer
quotation system in connection w ith the com pany’s
riskless principal transactions; except that the
com pany or its affiliates may enter “ bid” or “ ask”
quotations, or publish “ offering w anted ” or “ bid
w anted ” notices on trading systems other than
NASDAQ or an exchange, if the com pany or its
affiliate does not enter price quotations on different
sides of the market for a particular security during
any two-day period.

Commission, if the company engaged in
the activity does not purchase or
repurchase for its own account the
securities being placed, or hold in
inventory unsold portions of issues of
these securities.
(iv) Futures com m ission m erchant.
Acting as a futures commission
m erchant (FCM) for unaffiliated persons
in the execution, clearance, or execution
and clearance of any futures contract
and option on a futures contract traded
on an exchange in the United States or
abroad if:
(A) The activity is conducted through
a separately incorporated subsidiary of
the bank holding company, w hich may
engage in activities other than FCM
activities (including, but not lim ited to,
permissible advisory and trading
activities); and
(B) The parent bank holding company
does not provide a guarantee or
otherwise become liable to the exchange
or clearing association other than for
those trades conducted by the
subsidiary for its own account or for the
account of any affiliate.
(v) Other transactional services.
Providing to customers as agent
transactional services w ith respect to
swaps and similar transactions, any
transaction described in paragraph (b)(8)
of this section, any transaction that is
permissible for a state member bank,
and any other transaction involving a
forward contract, option, futures, option
on a futures or similar contract (whether
traded on an exchange or not) relating
to a commodity that is traded on an
exchange.
(8)
Investm ent transactions as
principal—(i) Underwriting and dealing
in governm ent obligations and m oney
m arket instrum ents. Underwriting and
dealing in obligations of the United
States, general obligations of states and
their political subdivisions, and other
obligations that state member banks of
the Federal Reserve System may be
authorized to underw rite and deal in
under 12 U.S.C. 24 and 335, including
banker’s acceptances and certificates of
deposit, under the same limitations as
w ould be applicable if the activity were
performed by the bank holding
com pany’s subsidiary member banks or
its subsidiary nonm em ber banks as if
they were member banks.
(ii) Investing and trading activities.
Engaging as principal in:
(A) Foreign exchange;
(B) Forward contracts, options,
futures, options on futures, swaps, and
similar contracts, w hether traded on
exchanges or not, based on any rate,
price, financial asset (including gold,
silver, platinum , palladium , copper, or
any other metal approved by the Board),

nonfinancial asset, or group of assets,
other than a bank-ineligible security,9 if:
(J) A state member bank is authorized
to invest in the asset underlying the
contract;
(2) The contract requires cash
settlement; or
(3) The contract allows for
assignment, termination, or offset prior
to delivery or expiration, and the
company makes every reasonable effort
to avoid taking or making delivery; and
(C) Forward contracts, options,10
futures, options on futures, swaps, and
similar contracts, w hether traded on
exchanges or not, based on an index of
a rate, a price, or the value of any
financial asset, nonfinancial asset, or
group of assets, if the contract requires
cash settlement.
(iii) Buying and selling bullion, and
related activities. Buying, selling and
storing bars, rounds, bullion, and coins
of gold, silver, platinum , palladium ,
copper, and any other metal approved
by the Board, for the com pany’s own
account and the account of others, and
providing incidental services such as
arranging for storage, safe custody,
assaying, and shipment.
(9) M anagem ent consulting and
counseling activities—(i) M anagement
consulting. (A) Providing management
consulting advice:11
(J) On any matter to unaffiliated
depository institutions, including
commercial banks, savings and loan
associations, savings banks, credit
unions, industrial banks, Morris Plan
banks, cooperative banks, industrial
loan companies, trust companies, and
branches or agencies of foreign banks;
(2) On any financial, economic,
accounting, or audit matter to any other
company.
(B) A company conducting
management consulting activities under
this subparagraph and any affiliate of
such company may not:
9 A bank-ineligible security is any security that a
state member bank is not perm itted to underwrite
or deal in under 12 U.S.C. 24 and 335.
10This reference does not include acting as a
dealer in options based on indices of bankineligible securities w hen the options are traded on
securities exchanges. These options are securities
for purposes of the federal securities laws and bankineligible securities for purposes of section 20 of the
Glass-Steagall Act, 12 U.S.C. 337. Similarly, this
reference does not include acting as a dealer in any
other instrum ent that is a bank-ineligible security
for purposes of section 20. A bank holding company
may deal in these instrum ents in accordance with
the Board’s orders on dealing in bank-ineligible
securities.
11 In performing this activity, bank holding
com panies are not authorized to perform tasks or
operations or provide services to client institutions
either on a daily or continuing basis, except as
necessary to instruct the client institution on how
to perform such services for itself. See also the
Board’s interpretation of bank management
consulting advice (12 CFR 225.131).

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
(J) O w n or control, directly or
indirectly, more than 5 percent of the
voting securities of the client
institution; and
(2)
Allow a management official, as
defined in 12 CFR 212.2(h), of the
com pany or any of its affiliates to serve
as a m anagem ent official of the client
institution, except w here such
interlocking relationship is permitted
pursuant to an exem ption granted under
12 CFR 212.4(b) or otherwise perm itted
by the Board.
(C) A com pany conducting
'm anagement consulting activities may
provide management consulting
services to customers not described in
paragraph (b)(9)(i)(A)(i) of this section
or regarding matters not described in
paragraph (b)(9)(i)(A)(2) of this section,
if the total annual revenue derived from
those management consulting services
does not exceed 30 percent of the
com pany’s total annual revenue derived
from management consulting activities.
(ii) Em ployee benefits consulting
services. Providing consulting services
to employee benefit, com pensation and
insurance plans, including designing
plans, assisting in the im plem entation
of plans, providing adm inistrative
services to plans, and developing
employee com m unication programs for
plans.
(iii) Career counseling services.
Providing career counseling services to:
(A) A financial organization12 and
individuals currently em ployed by, or
recently displaced from, a financial
organization;
(B) Individuals w ho are seeking
em ploym ent at a financial organization;
and
(C) Individuals w ho are currently
employed in or who seek positions in
the finance, accounting, and audit
departm ents of any company.
(10) Support services—(i) Courier
services. Providing courier services for:
(A) Checks, commercial papers,
docum ents, and written instrum ents
(excluding currency or bearer-type
negotiable instruments) that are
exchanged among banks and financial
institutions; and
(B) A udit and accounting media of a
banking or financial nature and other
business records and docum ents used in
processing such m edia.13
12Financial organization refers to insured
depository institution holding com panies and their
subsidiaries, other than nonbanking affiliates of
diversified savings and loan holding com panies that
engage in activities not permissible under section
4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C.
1842(c)(8)).
13 See also the Board’s interpretation on courier
activities (12 CFR 225.129), w hich sets forth
conditions for bank holding com pany entry into the
activity.

9337

(ii) Printing and selling M ICR-encoded (A) Has a population not exceeding
5,000 (as show n in the preceding
item s. Printing and selling checks and
decennial census); or
related docum ents, including corporate
(B) Has inadequate insurance agency
image checks, cash tickets, voucher
facilities, as determ ined by the Board,
checks, deposit slips, savings
after notice and opportunity for hearing.
w ithdraw al packages, and other forms
(iv) Insurance-agency activities
that require Magnetic Ink Character
conducted on M ay 1, 1982. Engaging in
Recognition (MICR) encoding.
(11) Insurance agency and
any specific insurance-agency a c tiv ity 17
underwriting—(i) Credit insurance.
if the bank holding company, or
Acting as principal, agent, or broker for
subsidiary conducting the specific
insurance (including hom e mortgage
activity, conducted such activity on
redem ption insurance) that is:
May 1,1982, or received Board approval
(A) Directly related to an extension of to conduct such activity on or before
credit by the bank holding com pany or
May 1,1982.18 A bank holding company
any of its subsidiaries; and
or subsidiary engaging in a specific
(B) Limited to ensuring the repaym ent insurance agency activity under this
of the outstanding balance due on the
clause may:
extension of c r e d it14 in the event of the
(A) Engage in such specific insurance
death, disability, or involuntary
agency activity only at locations:
unem ploym ent of the debtor.
(1) In the state in w hich the bank
(ii) Finance com pany subsidiary.
holding company has its principal place
Acting as agent or broker for insurance
of business (as defined in 12 U.S.C.
directly related to an extension of credit 1842(d));
by a finance c o m p an y 15 that is a
(2) In any state or states im m ediately
subsidiary of a bank holding company,
adjacent to such state; and
if:
(3) In any state in w hich the specific
(A) The insurance is lim ited to
insurance-agency activity was
ensuring repaym ent of the outstanding
conducted (or was approved to be
balance on such extension of credit in
conducted) by such bank holding
the event of loss or damage to any
company or subsidiary thereof or by any
property used as collateral for the
other subsidiary of such bank holding
extension of credit; and
company on May 1,1982; and
(B) The extension of credit is not more
(B) Provide other insurance coverages
than $10,000, or $25,000 if it is to
that may become available after May 1,
finance the purchase of a residential
1982, so long as those coverages insure
m anufactured h o m e 16 and the credit is
against the types of risks as (or Eire
secured by the home; and
otherwise functionally equivalent to)
(C) The applicant commits to notify
coverages sold or approved to be sold on
borrowers in writing that:
May 1,1982, by the bank holding
(1) They are not required to purchase
company or subsidiary.
such insurance from the applicant;
(v) Supervision o f retail insurance
(2) Such insurance does not insure
agents.
Supervising on behalf of
any interest of the borrower in the
insurance underw riters the activities of
collateral; and
retail insurance agents w ho sell:
(3) The applicant will accept more
(A) Fidelity insurance and property
comprehensive property insurance in
and casualty insurance on the real and
place of such single-interest insurance.
personal property used in the operations
(iii) Insurance in sm all towns.
of the bank holding company or its
Engaging in any insurance agency
subsidiaries; and
activity in a place where the bank
(B) Group insurance that protects the
holding company or a subsidiary of the
employees of the bank holding company
bank holding company has a lending
or its subsidiaries.
office and that:
14Extension o f credit includes direct loans to
borrowers, loans purchased from other lenders, and
leases of real or personal property so long as the
leases are nonoperating and full-payout leases that
m eet the requirem ents of paragraph (b)(3) of this
section.
15Finance com pany includes all non-deposittaking financial institutions that engage in a
significant degree of consum er lending (excluding
lending secured by first mortgages) and all financial
institutions specifically defined by individual states
as finance com panies and that engage in a
significant degree of consum er lending.
16These limitations increase at the end of each
calendar year, beginning with 1982, by the
percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index for
Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers
published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.

17Nothing contained in this provision shall
preclude a bank holding com pany subsidiary that
is authorized to engage in a specific insuranceagency activity under this clause from continuing
to engage in the particular activity after merger with
an affiliate, if the merger is for legitimate business
purposes and prior notice has been provided to the
Board.
18 For the purposes of this paragraph, activities
engaged in on May 1,1982, include activities
carried on subsequently as the result of an
application to engage in such activities pending
before the Board on May 1,1982, and approved
subsequently by the Board or as the result of the
acquisition by such com pany pursuant to a binding
written contract entered into on or before May 1,
1982, of another com pany engaged in such
activities at the time of the acquisition.

9338

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

(vi) Sm all bank holding com panies.
Engaging in any insurance-agency
activity if the bank holding company
has total consolidated assets of $50
m illion or less. A bank holding
company performing insurance-agency
activities under this paragraph may not
engage in the sale of life insurance or
annuities except as provided in
paragraphs (b)(ll) (i) and (iii) of this
section, and it may not continue to
engage in insurance-agency activities
pursuant to this provision more than 90
days after the end of the quarterly
reporting period in w hich total assets of
the holding company and its
subsidiaries exceed $50 million.
(vii) Insurance-agency activities
conducted before 1971. Engaging in any
insurance-agency activity performed at
any location in the U nited States
directly or indirectly by a bank holding
company that was engaged in insuranceagency activities prior to January 1,
1971, as a consequence of approval by
the Board prior to January 1,1971.
(12) C om m unity developm ent
activities—(i) Financing a nd investm ent
activities. Making equity and debt
investments in corporations or projects
designed prim arily to promote
com m unity welfare, such as the
economic rehabilitation and
developm ent of low-income areas by
providing housing, services, or jobs for
residents.
(ii)
A dvisory activities. Providing
advisory and related services for
programs designed prim arily to promote
com m unity welfare.
(13) M oney orders, savings bonds, and
traveler’s checks. The issuance and sale
at retail of money orders and similar
consumer-type paym ent instruments;
the sale of U.S. savings bonds; and the
issuance and sale of traveler’s checks.
(14) Data processing, (i) Providing
data processing and data transmission
services, facilities (including data
processing and data transm ission
hardware, software, documentation, or
operating personnel), data bases, advice,
and access to such services, facilities, or
data bases by any technological means,
if:
(A) The data to be processed or
furnished are financial, banking, or
economic; and
(B) The hardware provided in
connection therew ith is offered only in
conjunction w ith software designed and
marketed for the processing and
transm ission of financial, banking, or
economic data, and w here the general
purpose hardw are does not constitute
more than 30 percent of the cost of any
packaged offering.
(ii)
A company conducting data
processing and data transmission

activities may conduct data processing
and data transm ission activities not
described in paragraph (b)(14)(i) of this
section if the total annual revenue
derived from those activities does not
exceed 30 percent of the com pany’s
total annual revenues derived from data
processing and data transmission
activities.
5. Subpart D is am ended as follows:
§225.31

[Amended]

(A) Section 225.31, paragraph
(d)(2)(ii), is am ended by removing the
words “as defined in 12 CFR 206.2(k)”;
and
§ 225.32

[Removed]

(B) Section 225.32 is removed.
6. Subpart E is revised to read as
follows:
Subpart E— Change in Bank Control
Sec.
225.41 Transactions requiring prior notice.
225.42 Transactions not requiring prior
notice.
225.43 Procedures for filing, processing,
publishing, and acting on notices.
225.44 Reporting of stock loans.

Subpart E—Change in Bank Control
§225.41
notice.

Transactions requiring prior

(a) Prior notice requirement. Any
person acting directly or indirectly, or
through or in concert w ith one or more
persons, shall give the Board 60 days’
w ritten notice, as specified in § 225.43
of this subpart, before acquiring control
of a state member bank or bank holding
company, unless the acquisition is
exempt under § 225.42.
(b) Definitions. For purposes of this
subpart:
(1) Acquisition includes a purchase,
assignment, transfer, or pledge of voting
securities, or an increase in percentage
ow nership of a state member bank or a
bank holding company resulting from a
redem ption of voting securities.
(2) Acting in concert includes
knowing participation in a joint activity
or parallel action towards a common
goal of acquiring control of a state
member bank or bank holding company
w hether or not pursuant to an express
agreement.
(3) Im m ediate fa m ily includes a
person’s father, mother, stepfather,
stepmother, brother, sister, stepbrother,
stepsister, son, daughter, stepson,
stepdaughter, grandparent, grandson,
granddaughter, father-in-law, mother-inlaw, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, sonin-law, daughter-in-law, the spouse of
any of the foregoing, and the person’s
spouse.
(c) Acquisitions requiring prior
notice—(1) Acquisition o f control. The

acquisition of voting securities of a state
member bank or bank holding company
constitutes the acquisition of control
under the Bank Control Act, requiring
prior notice to the Board, if,
im m ediately after the transaction, the
acquiring person (or persons acting in
concert) w ill own, control, or hold with
power to vote 25 percent or more of any
class of voting securities of the
institution.
(2) Rebuttable presum ption o f control.
The Board presum es that an acquisition
of voting securities of a state m ember
bank or bank holding company
constitutes the acquisition of control
under the Bank Control Act, requiring
prior notice to the Board, if,
immediately after the transaction, the
acquiring person (or persons acting in
concert) w ill own, control, or hold w ith
power to vote 10 percent or more of any
class of voting securities of the
institution, and if:
(i) The institution has registered
securities u nder section 12 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15
U.S.C. 781); or
(ii) No other person will own, control,
or hold the pow er to vote a greater
percentage of that class of voting
securities immediately after the
transaction.1
(d) Rebuttable presum ption o f
concerted action. The following persons
shall be presum ed to be acting in
concert for purposes of this subpart:
(1) A company and any controlling
shareholder, partner, trustee, or
management official of the company, if
both the company and the person own
voting securities of the state member
bank or bank holding company;
(2) An individual and the ind ividual’s
immediate family;
(3) Companies under common
control;
(4) Persons that are parties to any
agreement, contract, understanding,
relationship, or other arrangement,
w hether w ritten or otherwise, regarding
the acquisition, voting, or transfer of
control of voting securities of a state
member bank or bank holding company,
other than through a revocable proxy as
described in § 225.42(a)(5) of this
subpart;
(5) Persons that have made, or
propose to make, a joint filing under
sections 13 or 14 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or
78n), and the rules promulgated
1 If two or more persons, not acting in concert,
each propose to acquire simultaneously equal
percentages of 10 percent or more of a class of
voting securities of the state member bank or bank
holding company, each person m ust file prior
notice to the Board.

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
thereunder by the Securities and
Exchange Commission; and
(6) A person and any trust for w hich
the person serves as trustee.
(e) A cquisitions o f loans in default.
The Board presum es an acquisition of a
loan in default that is secured by voting
securities of a state member bank or
bank holding company to be an
acquisition of the underlying securities
for purposes of this section.
(f) Other transactions. Transactions
other than those set forth in paragraph
(c) of this section resulting in a person’s
control of less than 25 percent of a class
of voting securities of a state member
bank or bank holding com pany are not
deemed by the Board to constitute
control for purposes of the Bank Control
Act.
(g) R ebuttal o f presum ptions. Prior
notice to the Board is not required for
any acquisition of voting securities
under the presum ption of control set
forth in this section, if the Board finds
that the acquisition will not result in
control. The Board shall afford any
person seeking to rebut a presum ption
in this section an opportunity to present
views in writing or, if appropriate,
orally before its designated
representatives at an informal
conference.

the procedures and receiving approval
to acquire voting securities of the
institution under this subpart, or in
connection w ith an application
approved u nder section 3 of the BHC
Act (12 U.S.C. 1842; §225.11 of subpart
B of this part) or section 18(c) of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act (Bank
Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(c));
(3) A cquisitions subject to approval
under BHC A ct or Bank Merger Act. Any
acquisition of voting securities subject
to approval under section 3 of the BHC
Act (12 U.S.C. 1842; § 225.11 of subpart
B of this part), or section 18(c) of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act (Bank
Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(c));
(4) Transactions exem pt under BHC
Act. Any transaction described in
sections 2(a)(5), 3(a)(A), or 3(a)(B) of the
BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(5),
1842(a)(A), and 1842(a)(B)), by a person
described in those provisions;
(5) Proxy solicitation. The acquisition
of the power to vote securities of a state
member bank or bank holding company
through receipt of a revocable proxy in
connection w ith a proxy solicitation for
the purposes of conducting business at
a regular or special meeting of the
institution, if the proxy terminates
w ithin a reasonable period after the
meeting;
(6) Stock dividends. The receipt of
§ 225.42 Transactions not requiring prior
voting securities of a state member bank
notice.
or bank holding company through a
(a) E xem pt transactions. The
stock dividend or stock split if the
following transactions do not require
proportional interest of the recipient in
notice to the Board under this subpart:
(1) Existing control relationships. The the institution remains substantially the
same; and
acquisition of additional voting
(7) A cquisition o f foreign banking
securities of a state member bank or
bank holding company by a person who: organization. The acquisition of voting
securities of a qualifying foreign
(1) Continuously since March 9,1979
banking organization. (This exemption
(or since the institution commenced
business, if later), held power to vote 25 does not extend to the reports and
information required under paragraphs
percent or more of any class of voting
9,10, and 12 of the Bank Control Act
securities of the institution; or
(ii) Is presum ed, under § 225.41(c)(2) (12 U.S.C. 1817(j) (9), (10), and (12)) and
§ 225.44 of this subpart.)
of this subpart, to have controlled the
(b) Prior notice exem ption. (1) The
institution continuously since March 9,
following acquisitions of voting
1979, if the aggregate am ount of voting
securities of a state mem ber bank or
securities held does not exceed 25
bank holding company, w hich would
percent or more of any class of voting
otherwise require prior notice under
securities of the institution or, in other
this subpart, are not subject to the prior
cases, w here the Board determines that
notice requirements if the acquiring
the person has controlled the bank
person notifies the appropriate Reserve
continuously since March 9,1979;
Bank w ithin 90 calendar days after the
(2) Increase o f previously authorized
acquisition and provides any relevant
acquisitions. Unless the Board or the
information requested by the Reserve
Reserve Bank otherwise provides in
Bank:
writing, the acquisition of additional
(i) Acquisition of voting securities
shares of a class of voting securities of
through inheritance;
a state member bank or bank holding
(ii) Acquisition of voting securities as
company by any person (or persons
a bona fid e gift; and
acting in concert) who has lawfully
(iii) Acquisition of voting securities in
acquired and m aintained control of the
satisfaction of a debt previously
institution (for purposes of § 225.41(c)
contracted (DPC) in good faith.
of this subpart), after complying w ith

9339

(2) The following acquisitions of
voting securities of a state member bank
or bank holding company, w hich w ould
otherwise require prior notice under
this subpart, are not subject to the prior
notice requirem ents if the acquiring
person does not reasonably have
advance knowledge of the transaction,
and provides the w ritten notice required
under section 225.43 to the appropriate
Reserve Bank w ithin 90 calendar days
after the transaction occurs:
(1) Acquisition of voting securities
resulting from a redem ption of voting
securities by the issuing bank or bank
holding company; and
(ii) A cquisition of voting securities as
a result of actions (including the sale of
securities) by any third party that is not
w ithin the control of the acquiror.
(3) Nothing in paragraphs (b)(1) or
(b)(2) of this section limits the authority
of the Board to disapprove a notice
pursuant to § 225.43(h) of this subpart.
§ 225.43 Procedures for filing, processing,
publishing, and acting on notices.

(a) Filing notice. (1) A notice required
u nder this subpart shall be filed w ith
the appropriate Reserve Bank and shall
contain all the information required by
paragraph 6 of the Bank Control Act (12
U.S.C. 1817(j)(6)), or prescribed in the
designated Board form.
(2) The Board may waive any of the
informational requirements of the notice
if the Board determines that it is in the
public interest.
(3) A notificant shall notify the
appropriate Reserve Bank or the Board
immediately of any material changes in
a notice subm itted to the Reserve Bank,
including changes in financial or other
conditions.
(4) W hen the acquiring person is an
individual, or group of individuals
acting in concert, the requirement to
provide personal financial data may be
satisfied by a current statement of assets
and liabilities and an income summary,
as required in the designated Board
form, together w ith a statement of any
material changes since the date of the
statement or summary. The Reserve
Bank or the Board, nevertheless, may
request additional information, if
appropriate.
(b) A cceptance o f notice. The 60-day
notice period specified in § 225.41 of
this subpart begins on the date of receipt
of a complete notice. The Reserve Bank
shall notify the person or persons
submitting a notice under this subpart
in writing of the date the notice is or
was complete and thereby accepted for
processing. The Reserve Bank or the
Board may request additional relevant
information at any time after the date of
acceptance.

9340

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

(c) Publication—(1) N ew spaper
A nnouncem ent. Any person(s) filing a
notice under this subpart shall publish,
in a form prescribed by the Board, an
announcem ent soliciting public
com m ent on the proposed acquisition.
The announcem ent shall be published
in a new spaper of general circulation in
the com m unity in w hich the head office
of the state mem ber bank to be acquired
is located or, in the case of a proposed
acquisition of a bank holding company,
in the com m unity in w hich its head
office is located and in the com m unity
in w hich the head office of each of its
subsidiary banks is located. The
announcem ent shall be published no
earlier than 15 calendar days before the
filing of the notice w ith the appropriate
Reserve Bank and no later than 10
calendar days after the filing date; and
the publisher’s affidavit of a publication
shall be provided to the appropriate
Reserve Bank.
(2) Contents o f new spaper
announcem ent. The new spaper
announcem ent shall state:
(i) The name of each person identified
in the notice as a proposed acquiror of
the bank or bank holding company;
(ii) The nam e of the bank or bank
holding company to be acquired,
including the nam e of each of the bank
holding com pany’s subsidiary banks;
and
(iii) A statem ent that interested
persons may subm it comments on the
notice to the Board or the appropriate
Reserve Bank for a period of 20 days, or
such shorter period as may be provided,
pursuant to paragraph (c)(5) of this
section.
(3) Federal Register announcem ent.
The Board shall, upon filing of a notice
under this subpart, publish
announcem ent in the Federal Register
of receipt of the notice. The Federal
Register announcem ent shall contain
the information required under
paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (c)(2)(ii) of this
section and a statem ent that interested
persons may subm it comments on the
proposed acquisition for a period of 15
calendar days, or such shorter period as
may be provided, pursuant to paragraph
(c)(5) of this section. The Board may
waive publication in the Federal
Register, if the Board determines that
such action is appropriate.
(4) Delay o f publication. The Board
may perm it delay in the publication
required under paragraphs (c)(1) and
(c)(3) of this section if the Board
determines, for good cause shown, that
it is in the public interest to grant such
delay. Requests for delay of publication
may be subm itted to the appropriate
Reserve Bank.

(D) A dditional tim e is needed to
(5) Shortening or waiving notice. The
investigate and determ ine that no
Board may shorten or waive the public
acquiring person has a record of failing
com m ent or new spaper publication
requirem ents of this paragraph, or act on to comply w ith the requirem ents of the
a notice before the expiration of a public Bank Secrecy Act, subchapter II of
Chapter 53 of Title 31, U nited States
com m ent period, if it determ ines in
w riting that an emergency exists, or that Code.
(iii) If the Board extends the time
disclosure of the notice, solicitation of
period u nder this paragraph, it shall
public comment, or delay until
expiration of the public com m ent period notify the acquiring person(s) of the
reasons therefor and shall include a
w ould seriously threaten the safety or
statement of the information, if any,
soundness of the bank or bank holding
deemed incom plete or inaccurate.
com pany to be acquired.
(e) A dvice to bank supervisory
(6) Consideration o f public com m ents.
agencies. (1) Upon accepting a notice
In acting upon a notice filed u nder this
relating to acquisition of securities of a
subpart, the Board shall consider all
state member bank, the Reserve Bank
public comments received in writing
shall send a copy of the notice to the
w ithin the period specified in the
appropriate state bank supervisor,
new spaper or Federal Register
w hich shall have 30 calendar days from
announcem ent, w hichever is later. At
the date the notice is sent in w hich to
the Board’s option, comments received
submit its views and recommendations
after this period may, but need not, be
to the Board. The Reserve Bank also
considered.
shall send a copy of any notice to the
(7) Standing. No person (other than
Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal
the acquiring person) who submits
Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the
comments or information on a notice
Office of Thrift Supervision.
filed under this subpart shall thereby
(2) If the Board finds that it m ust act
become a party to the proceeding or
immediately in order to prevent the
acquire any standing or right to
probable failure of the bank or bank
participate in the Board’s consideration
holding company involved, the Board
of the notice or to appeal or otherwise
may dispense w ith or modify the
contest the notice or the Board’s action
requirements for notice to the state
regarding the notice.
(d) Tim e period fo r Board action—(1) supervisor.
(f) Investigation and report. (1) After
C onsum m ation o f acquisition —(i) The
receiving a notice under this subpart,
notificant(s) may consum m ate the
the Board or the appropriate Reserve
proposed acquisition 60 days after
Bank shall conduct an investigation of
subm ission to the Reserve Bank of a
the competence, experience, integrity,
complete notice u n der paragraph (a) of
and financial ability of each person by
this section, unless w ithin that period
and for w hom an acquisition is to be
the Board disapproves the proposed
made. The Board shall also make an
acquisition or extends the 60-day '
independent determ ination of the
period, as provided under paragraph
accuracy
and completeness of any
(d)(2) of this section.
(ii) The notificant(s) may consummate information required to be contained in
a notice under paragraph (a) of this
the proposed transaction before the
section. In investigating any notice
expiration of the 60-day period if the
accepted under this subpart, the Board
Board notifies the notificant(s) in
or Reserve Bank may solicit information
w riting of the Board’s intention not to
or views from any person, including any
disapprove the acquisition.
(2) Extensions o f tim e period, (i) The bank or bank holding com pany involved
in the notice, and any appropriate state,
Board may extend the 60-day period in
federal, or foreign governmental
paragraph (d)(1) of this section for an
authority.
additional 30 days by notifying the
(2) The Board or the appropriate
acquiring person(s).
(ii) The Board may further extend the Reserve Bank shall prepare a w ritten
report of its investigation, w hich shall
period during w hich it may disapprove
contain, at a m inim um , a summary of
a notice for two additional periods of
not more than 45 days each, if the Board the results of the investigation.
(g) Factors considered in acting on
determines that:
notices. In reviewing a notice filed
(A) Any acquiring person has not
under this subpart, the Board shall
furnished all the information required
consider the information in the record,
under paragraph (a) of this section;
(B) Any material information
the views and recommendations of the
appropriate bank supervisor, and any
subm itted is substantially inaccurate;
(C) The Board is unable to complete
other relevant information obtained
the investigation of an acquiring person
during any investigation of the notice.
because of inadequate cooperation or
(h) Disapproval and hearing—(1)
Disapproval o f notice. The Board may
delay by that person; or

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
disapprove an acquisition if it finds
adverse effects w ith respect to any of the
factors set forth in paragraph 7 of the
Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(7))
[i.e., competitive, financial, managerial,
banking, or incom pleteness of
information).
(2) Disapproval notification. W ithin
three days after its decision to issue a
notice of intent to disapprove any
proposed acquisition, the Board shall
notify the acquiring person in writing of
the reasons for the action.
(3) Hearing. W ithin 10 calendar days
of receipt of the notice of the Board’s
intent to disapprove, the acquiring
person m ay submit a w ritten request for
a hearing. Any hearing conducted under
this paragraph shall be in accordance
w ith the Rules of Practice for Formal
Hearings (12 CFR part 263). At the
conclusion of the hearing, the Board
shall, by order, approve or disapprove
the proposed acquisition on the basis of
the record of the hearing. If the
acquiring person does not request a
hearing, the notice of intent to
disapprove becomes final and
unappealable.
§ 225.44

Reporting of stock loans.

(a) Requirements. (1) Any foreign
bank or affiliate of a foreign bank that
has credit outstanding to any person or
group of persons, in the aggregate,
w hich is secured, directly or indirectly,
by 25 percent or more of any class of
voting securities of a state member bank,
shall file a consolidated report w ith the
appropriate Reserve Bank for the state
member bank.
(2) The foreign bank or its affiliate
also shall file a copy of the report w ith
its appropriate Federal banking agency.
(3) Any shares of the state member
bank held by the foreign bank or any
affiliate of the foreign bank as principal
m ust be included in the calculation of
the num ber of shares in w hich the
foreign bank or its affiliate has a security
interest for purposes of paragraph (a) of
this section.
(b) Definitions. For purposes of
paragraph (a) of this section:
(1) Foreign bank shall have the same
meaning as in section 1(b) of the
International Banking Act of 1978 (12
U.S.C. 3101).
(2) Credit outstanding includes any
loan or extension of credit; the issuance
of a guarantee, acceptance, or letter of
credit, including an endorsem ent or
standby letter of credit; and any other
type of transaction that extends credit or
financing to the person or group of
persons.
(3) Group o f persons includes any
num ber of persons that the foreign bank

or any affiliate of a foreign bank has
reason to believe:
(i) Are acting together, in concert, or
w ith one another to acquire or control
shares of the same insured depository
institution, including an acquisition of
shares of the same depository institution
at approxim ately the same time under
substantially the same terms; or
(ii) Have made, or propose to make, a
joint filing under section 13 or 14 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15
U.S.C. 78m or 78n), and the rules
prom ulgated thereunder by the
Securities and Exchange Commission
regarding ow nership of the shares of the
same insured depository institution.
(c) Exceptions. Compliance with
paragraph (a) of this section is not
required if:
(1) The person or group of persons
referred to in that paragraph has
disclosed the am ount borrowed and the
security interest therein to the Board or
appropriate Reserve Bank in connection
w ith a notice filed u nder § 225.41 of this
subpart, or another application filed
w ith the Board or Reserve Bank as a
substitute for a notice under § 225.41 of
this subpart, including an application
filed under section 3 of the BHC Act (12
U.S.C. 1842) or section 18(c) of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act (Bank
Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(c)), or an
application for m em bership in the
Federal Reserve System; or
(2) The transaction involves a person
or group of persons that has been the
ow ner or owners of record of the stock
for a period of one year or more; or, if
the transaction involves stock issued by
a newly chartered bank, before the bank
is opened for business.
(a) Report requirements. (1) The
consolidated report shall indicate the
num ber and percentage of shares
securing each applicable extension of
credit, the identity of the borrower, and
the num ber of shares held as principal
by the foreign bank and any affiliate
thereof.
(2) A foreign bank, or any affiliate of
a foreign bank, shall file the
consolidated report in writing w ithin 30
days of the date on w hich the foreign
bank or affiliate first believes that the
security for any outstanding credit
consists of 25 percent or more of any
class of voting securities of a state
member bank.
(e) Other reporting requirements. A
foreign bank, or any affiliate thereof,
that is supervised by the System and is
required to report credit outstanding
that is secured by the shares of an
insured depository institution to
another Federal banking agency also
shall file a copy of the report w ith the
appropriate Reserve Bank.

§ 225.51

9341

[Removed]

7. Subpart
§ 2 2 5 .5 1 .

F is am ended by removing

8. Subpart G is am ended by revising
the heading to read as follows:
Subpart G—Appraisal Standards for
Federally Related Transactions
9. Subpart H, consisting of §§ 225.71
through 225.73, is revised to read as
follows:
Subpart H— Notice of Addition or Change of
Directors and Senior Executive Officers
Sec.
225.71 Definitions.
225.72 Director and officer appointments;
prior notice requirement.
225.73 Procedures for filing, processing,
and acting on notices; standards for
disapproval; w aiver o f notice.

Subpart H—Notice of Addition or
Change of Directors and Senior
Executive Officers
§225.71 Definitions.
(a) Director means a person who
serves on the board of directors of a
regulated institution, except that this
term does not include an advisory
director who:
(1) Is not elected by the shareholders
of the regulated institution;
(2) Is not authorized to vote on any
matters before the board of directors or
any committee thereof;
(3) Solely provides general policy
advice to the board of directors and any
committee thereof; and
(4) Has not been identified by the
Board or Reserve Bank as a person w ho
performs the functions of a director for
purposes of this subpart.
(b) Regulated institution means a state
member bank or a bank holding
company.
(c) Senior executive officer means a
person w ho holds the title or, w ithout
regard to title, salary, or compensation,
performs the function of one or more of
the following positions: president, chief
executive officer, chief operating officer,
chief financial officer, chief lending
officer, or chief investment officer.
Senior executive officer also includes
any other person identified by the Board
or Reserve Bank, w hether or not hired
as an employee, w ith significant
influence over, or who participates in,
major policymaking decisions of the
regulated institution.
(d) Troubled condition for a regulated
institution means an institution that:
(1) Has a com posite rating, as
determ ined in its most recent report of
examination or inspection, of 4 or 5
under the Uniform Financial
Institutions Rating System or under the

9342

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

Federal Reserve Bank Holding Company
Rating System;
(2) Is subject to a cease-and-desist
order or formal w ritten agreement that
requires action to improve the financial
condition of the institution, unless
otherwise inform ed in writing by the
Board or Reserve Bank; or
(3) Is informed in writing by the
Board or Reserve Bank that it is in
troubled condition for purposes of the
requirem ents of this subpart on the basis
of the institution’s m ost recent report of
condition or report of exam ination or
inspection, or other information
available to the Board or Reserve Bank.
§ 225.72 Director and officer
appointments; prior notice requirement.

(a) Prior notice by regulated
institution. A regulated institution shall
give the Board 30 days’ w ritten notice,
as specified in § 225.73, before adding
or replacing any member of its board of
directors, em ploying any person as a
senior executive officer of the
institution, or changing the
responsibilities of any senior executive
officer so that the person w ould assume
a different senior executive officer
position, if:
(1) The regulated institution is not in
compliance w ith all m inim um capital
requirem ents applicable to the
institution as determ ined on the basis of
the institution’s most recent report of
condition or report of examination or
inspection;
(2) The regulated institution is in
troubled condition; or
(3) The Board determines, in
connection w ith its review of a capital
restoration plan required u nd er section
38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act
or subpart B of the Board’s Regulation
H, or otherwise, that such notice is
appropriate.
(b) Prior notice by individual. The
prior notice required by paragraph (a) of
this section may be provided by an
individual seeking election to the board
of directors of a regulated institution.
§ 225.73 Procedures for filing, processing,
and acting on notices; standards for
disapproval; waiver of notice.

(a) Filing notice—(1) Content. The
notice required in § 225.72 shall be filed
w ith the appropriate Reserve Bank and
shall contain:
(i) The information required by
paragraph 6(A) of the Change in Bank
Control Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(6)(A)) as
may be prescribed in the designated
Board form;
(ii) A dditional information consistent
w ith the Federal Financial Institutions
Examination Council’s Joint Statement
of Guidelines on Conducting

Background Checks and Change in
Control Investigations, as set forth in the
designated Board form; and
(iii) Such other information as may be
required by the Board or Reserve Bank.
(2) M odification. The Reserve Bank
may modify or accept other information
in place of the requirem ents of
§ 225.73(a)(1) for a notice filed under
this subpart.
(3) A cceptance and processing o f
notice. The 30-day notice period
specified in § 225.72 shall begin on the
date all information required to be
subm itted by the notificant pursuant to
§ 225.73(a)(1) is received by the
appropriate Reserve Bank. The Reserve
Bank shall notify the regulated
institution or individual submitting the
notice of the date on w hich all required
information is received and the notice is
accepted for processing, and of the date
on w hich the 30-day notice period will
expire. The Board or Reserve Bank may
extend the 30-day notice period for an
additional period of not more than 60
days by notifying the regulated
institution or individual filing the
notice that the period has been extended
and stating the reason for not processing
the notice w ithin the 30-day notice
period.
(b) C om m encem ent o f service—(1) A t
expiration o f period. A proposed
director or senior executive officer may
begin service after the end of the 30-day
period and any extension as provided
under paragraph (a)(3) of this section,
unless the Board or Reserve Bank
disapproves the notice before the end of
the period.
(2) Prior to expiration o f period. A
proposed director or senior executive
officer may begin service before the end
of the 30-day period and any extension
as provided under paragraph (a)(3) of
this section, if the Board or the Reserve
Bank notifies in writing the regulated
institution or individual submitting the
notice of the Board’s or Reserve Bank’s
intention not to disapprove the notice.
(c) Notice o f disapproval. The Board
or Reserve Bank shall disapprove a
notice under § 225.72 if the Board or
Reserve Bank finds that the competence,
experience, character, or integrity of the
individual w ith respect to w hom the
notice is subm itted indicates that it
w ould not be in the best interests of the
depositors of the regulated institution or
in the best interests of the public to
perm it the individual to be employed
by, or associated with, the regulated
institution. The notice of disapproval
shall contain a statement of the basis for
disapproval and shall be sent to the
regulated institution and the
disapproved individual.

(d) A p p ea l o f a notice o f disapproval.
(1) A disapproved individual or a
regulated institution that has subm itted
a notice that is disapproved under this
section may appeal the disapproval to
the Board w ithin 15 days of the effective
date of the notice of disapproval. An
appeal shall be in w riting and explain
the reasons for the appeal and include
all facts, docum ents, and arguments that
the appealing party w ishes to be
considered in the appeal, and state
w hether the appealing party is
requesting an informal hearing.
(2) W ritten notice of the final decision
of the Board shall be sent to the
appealing party w ithin 60 days of the
receipt of an appeal, unless the
appealing party’s request for an informal
hearing is granted.
(3) Tne disapproved individual may
not serve as a director or senior
executive officer of the state member
bank or bank holding company while
the appeal is pending.
(e) Inform al hearing. (1) An
individual or regulated institution
whose notice u nd er this section has
been disapproved may request an
informal hearing on the notice. A
request for an informal hearing shall be
in writing and shall be subm itted w ithin
15 days of a notice of disapproval. The
Board may, in its sole discretion, order
an informal hearing if the Board finds
that oral argument is appropriate or
necessary to resolve disputes regarding
material issues of fact.
(2) An informal hearing shall be held
w ithin 30 days of a request, if granted,
unless the requesting party agrees to a
later date.
(3) W ritten notice of the final decision
of the Board shall be given to the
individual and the regulated institution
w ithin 60 days of the conclusion of any
informal hearing ordered by the Board,
unless the requesting party agrees to a
later date.
(f) Waiver o f notice—(1) Waiver
requests. The Board or Reserve Bank
may perm it an individual to serve as a
senior executive officer or director
before the notice required under this
subpart is provided, if the Board or
Reserve Bank finds that:
(1) Delay w ould threaten the safety or
soundness of the regulated institution or
a bank controlled by a bank holding
company;
(ii) Delay w ould not be in the public
interest; or
(iii) Other extraordinary
circumstances exist that justify waiver
of prior notice.
(2) A utom atic waiver. An individual
may serve as a director upon election to
the board of directors of a regulated
institution before the notice required

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations
u n d er this subpart is provided if the
individual:
(i) Is not proposed by the management
of the regulated institution;
(ii) Is elected as a new member of the
board of directors at a m eeting of the
regulated institution; and
(iii) Provides to the appropriate
Reserve Bank all the information
required in § 225.73(a) w ithin two (2)
business days after the ind ividual’s
election.
(3) Effect on disapproval authority. A
waiver shall not affect the authority of
the Board or Reserve Bank to disapprove
a notice w ithin 30 days after a waiver
is granted u n d er paragraph (f)(1) of this
section or the election of an individual
w ho has filed a notice and is serving
pursuant to an automatic waiver under
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
*

*

*

*

*

10. Section 225.125 is am ended by
revising paragraphs (f) and (g) to read as
follows:
§ 225.125
*

*

Investment adviser activities
*

*

*

(f) In the Board’s opinion, the GlassSteagall Act provisions, as interpreted
by the U.S. Suprem e Court, forbid a
bank holding com pany to sponsor,
organize, or control a m utual fund.
However, the Board does not believe
that such restrictions apply to closedend investm ent com panies as long as
such com panies are not prim arily or
frequently engaged in the issuance, sale,
and distribution of securities. A bank
holding com pany should not act as
investm ent adviser to an investment
company that has a nam e sim ilar to the
name of the holding company or any of
its subsidiary banks, unless the
prospectus of the investm ent company
contains the disclosures required in
paragraph (h) of this section. In no case
should a bank holding com pany act as
investm ent adviser to an investment
company that has either the same name
as the name of the holding company or
any of its subsidiary banks, or a name
that contains the w ord “bank.”
(g) In view of the potential conflicts
of interests that may exist, a bank
holding com pany and its bank and
nonbank subsidiaries should not
purchase in their sole discretion, in a
fiduciary capacity (including as
managing agent), securities of any
investment com pany for w hich the bank
holding com pany acts as investment
adviser unless, the purchase is
specifically authorized by the terms of
the instrum ent creating the fiduciary
relationship, by court order, or by the
law of the jurisdiction under w hich the
trust is administered.
*

*

*

*

*

§225.145

[Amended]

11. Section 225.145, paragraph (a) the
fifth sentence is am ended by removing
the w ords “increasing their assets at an
annual rate exceeding 7 percent during
any 12-month period after August 10,
1988,” and the last sentence by
removing “ 225.51 a n d ”.
12. A ppendix C is revised to read as
follows:
Appendix C to Part 225—Small Bank
Holding Company Policy Statement
P olicy Statem ent on A ssessm ent o f Financial
and Managerial Factors
In acting on applications filed under the
Bank H olding Company Act, the Board has
adopted, and continues to follow , the
principle that bank hold in g com panies
sh ould serve as a source o f strength for their
subsidiary banks. W hen bank holding
com panies incur debt and rely upon the
earnings o f their subsidiary banks as the
m eans o f repaying su ch debt, a question
arises as to the probable effect upon the
financial condition of the hold in g com pany
and its subsidiary bank or banks.
The Board believes that a high level o f debt
at the parent holding com pany impairs the
ability o f a bank hold in g com pany to provide
financial assistance to its subsidiary bank(s)
and, in som e cases, the servicing
requirements on such debt m ay be a
significant drain on the resources of the
bank(s). For these reasons, the Board has not
favored the use o f acquisition debt in the
formation of bank hold in g com panies or in
the acquisition of additional banks.
Nevertheless, the Board has recognized that
the transfer of ow nership o f sm all banks
often requires the use o f acquisition debt.
The Board, therefore, has perm itted the
formation and expansion o f sm all bank
holding com panies w ith debt levels higher
than w o u ld be perm itted for larger holding
com panies. Approval o f these applications
has been given on the condition that sm all
bank holding com panies demonstrate the
ability to service acquisition debt without
straining the capital of their subsidiary banks
and, further, that su ch com panies restore
their ability to serve as a source o f strength
for their subsidiary banks w ith in a relatively
short period of time.
In the interest o f continuing its policy of
facilitating the transfer o f ow nership in banks
w ithout com prom ising bank safety and
soundness, the Board has, as described
below , adopted the follow in g procedures and
standards for the formation and expansion of
sm all bank holding com panies subject to this
p o licy statement.
1. A p plicab ility o f P olicy Statem ent
T his p o licy statem ent applies only to bank
holding com panies w ith p ro form a
consolidated assets o f less than $150 m illion
that: (i) are n o t engaged in any nonbanking
activities involving significant leverage1 and
(ii) do n o t have a significant amount of
1A parent com pany that is engaged in significant
off-balance sheet activities w ould generally be
deemed to be engaged in activities that involve
significant leverage.

9343

outstanding debt that is h eld by the general
public.
W hile this policy statem ent primarily
applies to the formation o f sm all bank
holding com panies, it also applies to existing
sm all bank holding com panies that w ish to
acquire an additional bank or com pany and
to transactions involving changes in control,
stock redem ptions, or other shareholder
transactions.2
2. O ngoing Requirem ents
The follow in g guidelines m ust be follow ed
on an ongoing basis for all organizations
operating under this p o licy statement.
A. Reduction in parent com pany leverage:
Sm all bank holding com panies are to reduce
their parent com pany debt consistent w ith
the requirement that all debt be retired
w ithin 25 years of being incurred. The Board
also expects that these bank holding
com panies reach a debt to equity ratio of
.30:1 or less w ithin 12 years o f the incurrence
of the d eb t.3 The bank holding com pany
must also com ply w ith debt servicing and
other requirements im posed by its creditors.
B. Capital adequacy: Each insured
depository subsidiary o f a sm all bank holding
com pany is expected to be w ell-capitalized.
Any institution that is not w ell-capitalized is
expected to becom e w ell-capitalized w ith in a
brief period o f time.
C. D ividend restrictions: A sm all bank
holding com pany w h o se debt to equity ratio
is greater than 1.0:1 is not expected to pay
corporate dividends until su ch tim e as it
reduces its debt to equity ratio to 1.0:1 or less
and otherw ise m eets the criteria set forth in
§§2 25 .1 4(c)(l)(ii), 225.14(c)(2), and
225.14(c)(7) o f Regulation Y .4
2The appropriate Reserve Bank should be
contacted to determ ine the m anner in w hich a
specific situation m ay qualify for treatm ent under
this policy statement.
3 The term debt, as used in th e ratio of debt to
equity, m eans any borrowed funds (exclusive of
short-term borrowings that arise out of current
transactions, the proceeds of w hich are used for
current transactions), and any securities issued by,
or obligations of, the holding com pany that are the
functional equivalent of borrowed funds.
The term equity, as used in th e ratio of debt to
equity, m eans the total stockholders’ equity of the
bank holding company as defined in accordance
w ith generally accepted accounting principles. In
determ ining the total am ount of stockholders’
equity, the bank holding com pany should account
for its investm ents in the com m on stock of
subsidiaries by the equity m ethod of accounting.
Ordinarily the Board does not view redeemable
preferred stock as a substitute for common stock in
a small bank holding company. Nevertheless, to a
limited degree and under certain circumstances, the
Board w ill consider redeem able preferred stock as
equity in the capital accounts of the holding
com pany if the following conditions are met: (1)
The preferred stock is redeem able only at the option
of the issuer and (2) the debt to equity ratio of the
holding com pany would be at or rem ain below .30:1
following the redem ption or retirem ent of any
preferred stock. Preferred stock that is convertible
into common stock of the holding company may be
treated as equity.
4 Dividends may be paid by small bank holding
com panies w ith debt to equity at or below 1.0:1 and
otherwise m eeting the requirem ents of
§§225.14(c)(l)(ii), 225.14(c)(2), and 225.14(c)(7) if
the d ividends are reasonable in amount, do not
Continued

9344

Federal Register / Vol. 62, No. 40 / Friday, February 28, 1997 / Rules and Regulations

Sm all bank hold in g com panies formed
before the effective date o f this policy
statement m ay sw itch to a plan that adheres
to the intent o f this statement provided they
com ply w ith the requirem ents set forth
above.
3. Core R equirem ents for A ll A p plican ts
In assessing applications or notices by
organizations subject to this p o licy statement,
the Board w ill continue to take into account
a full range o f financial and other
information about the applicant, and its
current and proposed subsidiaries, including
the recent trend and stability o f earnings,
past and prospective growth, asset quality,
the ability to m eet debt servicing
requirements w ithou t placing an undue
strain on the resources o f the bank(s), and the
record and com petency o f m anagement. In
adversely affect the ability of the bank holding
com pany to service its debt in an orderly manner,
and do not adversely affect the ability of the
subsidiary banks to be well-capitalized. It is
expected that d ividends will be elim inated if the
holding com pany is (1) not reducing its debt
consistent w ith the requirem ent that the debt to
equity ratio be reduced to .30:1 w ith in 12 years of
consum mation of the proposal or (2) not meeting
the requirem ents of its loan agreement(s).

addition, the Board w ill require applicants to
m eet the follow in g requirements:
A. M inim um dow n payment: The am ount
o f acquisition debt should not exceed 75
percent of the purchase price of the bank(s)
or com pany to be acquired. W hen the
owner(s) o f the hold in g com pany incurs debt
to finance the purchase o f the bank(s) or
com pany, su ch debt w ill be considered
acquisition debt even though it does not
represent an obligation o f the bank holding
com pany, u n less the owner(s) can
demonstrate that such debt can be serviced
w ithou t reliance on the resources of the
bank(s) or bank hold in g com pany.
B. A bility to reduce parent com pany
leverage: The bank holding com pany m ust
clearly be able to reduce its debt to equity
ratio and com ply w ith its loan agreement(s)
as set forth in paragraph 2A above.
Failure to m eet the criteria in this section
w o u ld norm ally result in denial o f an
application.
4. A d dition al A p plication R equirem ents for
E xpedited/W aived P rocessing
A. Expedited notices under §§ 225.14 and
225.23 o f Regulation Y: A sm all bank holding
com pany proposal w ill be eligible for the
expedited processing procedures set forth in
§ § 2 2 5 .1 4 and 225.23 o f Regulation Y if the

bank holding com pany is in com plian ce w ith
the ongoing requirem ents o f this policy
statement, the bank hold in g com pany m eets
the core requirements for all applicants noted
above, and the follow in g requirem ents are
met:
i. The parent bank hold in g com pany has a
p ro fo r m a debt to equity ratio o f 1.0:1 or less.
ii. The bank hold in g com pany m eets all of
the criteria for expedited action set forth in
§§ 225.14 or 225.23 o f Regulation Y.
B. Waiver o f stock redem ption filing: A
sm all bank holding com pany w ill be eligible
for the stock redem ption filing exception for
w ell-capitalized bank hold in g com panies
contained in § 225.4(b)(6) if the follow in g
requirem ents are met:
i. The parent bank hold in g com pany has a
p ro fo r m a debt to equity ratio of 1.0:1 or less.
ii. The bank holding com pany is in
com pliance w ith the ongoing require­
m ents of this p olicy statem ent and m eets the
requirem ents of §§ 225.14(c)(l)(ii),
225.14(c)(2), and 225.14(c)(7) o f Regulation
Y.
W illiam W. W iles,
S ecreta ry o f the Board.
[FR Doc. 9 7 -4 9 0 6 Filed 2 -2 7 -9 7 ; 8:45 am]
BILUNG CODE 6 2 1 0 -0 1-P